* rs6000-tdep.c (rs6000_stab_reg_to_regnum): Return the real
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_RETHROW,
90 EX_EVENT_CATCH
91 };
92
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
106 void *),
107 void *);
108
109 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110
111 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112
113 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
114
115 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
116 struct linespec_result *,
117 enum bptype, char *,
118 char **);
119
120 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
121 struct linespec_result *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
127
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 static. */
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
151 enum bptype,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 enum bptype type,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 CORE_ADDR addr1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
172 CORE_ADDR addr2);
173
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
176
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
179 CORE_ADDR addr);
180
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195
196 typedef enum
197 {
198 mark_inserted,
199 mark_uninserted
200 }
201 insertion_state_t;
202
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 enum bptype type,
218 int *other_type_used);
219
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
225 int count);
226
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
234
235 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
236
237 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
238 CORE_ADDR pc);
239
240 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
241 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
242 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
243
244 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
245
246 static void update_global_location_list (int);
247
248 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
249
250 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
251
252 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
253
254 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
255
256 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
257
258 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
259
260 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
261
262 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
263
264 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
265
266 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
267
268 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
269
270 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
271
272 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
273 otherwise. */
274
275 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
276
277 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
278 from. */
279 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
280
281 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
282 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
283 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
288
289 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
290 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
291
292 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
293 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
294
295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
296 breakpoints. */
297 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
298
299 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
300 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
301
302 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
303 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
304
305 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
306 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
307 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
308 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
309 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
310 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
311
312 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
313 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
314 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
315 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
316 dprintf_style_gdb,
317 dprintf_style_call,
318 dprintf_style_agent,
319 NULL
320 };
321 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
322
323 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
324 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
325 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
326 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
327
328 static char *dprintf_function = "";
329
330 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
331 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
332 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
333 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
334 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
335 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
336 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
337
338 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
339
340 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
341 has disconnected. */
342 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
343
344 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
345 breakpoints share a single command list. */
346 struct counted_command_line
347 {
348 /* The reference count. */
349 int refc;
350
351 /* The command list. */
352 struct command_line *commands;
353 };
354
355 struct command_line *
356 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
357 {
358 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
359 }
360
361 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
362 current breakpoint. */
363
364 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
365
366 const char *
367 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
368 {
369 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
370 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
371 a breakpoint. */
372 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
373
374 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
375 }
376
377 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
378 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
379 if such is available. */
380 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
381
382 static void
383 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
384 struct cmd_list_element *c,
385 const char *value)
386 {
387 fprintf_filtered (file,
388 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
389 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
390 value);
391 }
392
393 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
394 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
395 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
396 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
397 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
398 static void
399 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
400 struct cmd_list_element *c,
401 const char *value)
402 {
403 fprintf_filtered (file,
404 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
405 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
406 value);
407 }
408
409 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
410 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
411 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
412 use hardware breakpoints. */
413 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
414 static void
415 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
416 struct cmd_list_element *c,
417 const char *value)
418 {
419 fprintf_filtered (file,
420 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
421 value);
422 }
423
424 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
425 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
426 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
427 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
428 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
429
430 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
431
432 static void
433 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
434 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
435 {
436 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
437 fprintf_filtered (file,
438 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
439 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
440 value,
441 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
442 else
443 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
444 value);
445 }
446
447 int
448 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
449 {
450 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
451 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
452 }
453
454 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
455
456 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
457 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
458 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
459 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
460 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
461 condition_evaluation_auto,
462 condition_evaluation_host,
463 condition_evaluation_target,
464 NULL
465 };
466
467 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
468 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
469
470 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
471 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
472 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
473
474 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
475 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
476 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
477 evaluation mode. */
478
479 static const char *
480 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
481 {
482 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
483 {
484 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
485 return condition_evaluation_target;
486 else
487 return condition_evaluation_host;
488 }
489 else
490 return mode;
491 }
492
493 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
494
495 static const char *
496 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
497 {
498 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
499 }
500
501 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
502 otherwise. */
503
504 static int
505 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
506 {
507 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
508
509 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
510 }
511
512 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
513
514 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
515 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
516
517 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
518 static int overlay_events_enabled;
519
520 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
521 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
522
523 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
525 current breakpoint. */
526
527 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
528
529 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
530 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
531 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
532 B = TMP)
533
534 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
535 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
536 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
537
538 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
539 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
540 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
541 BP_TMP++)
542
543 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
544 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
545 to where the loop should start from.
546 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
547 appropriate location to start with. */
548
549 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
550 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
551 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
552 BP_LOCP_START \
553 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
554 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
555 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
556
557 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
558
559 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
560 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
561 if (is_tracepoint (B))
562
563 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
564
565 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
566
567 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
568
569 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
570
571 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
572
573 static unsigned bp_location_count;
574
575 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
576 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
577 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
578 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
579 an address you need to read. */
580
581 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
582
583 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
584 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
585 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
586 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
587 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
588
589 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
590
591 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
592 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
593 by a target. */
594 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
595
596 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
597
598 static int breakpoint_count;
599
600 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
601 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
602 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
603 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
604 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
605
606 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
607
608 static int tracepoint_count;
609
610 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
611 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
612 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
613
614 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
615 static int
616 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
617 {
618 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
619 }
620
621 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
622
623 static void
624 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
625 {
626 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
627 breakpoint_count = num;
628 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
629 }
630
631 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
632 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
633 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
634
635 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
636 breakpoint made. */
637
638 void
639 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
640 {
641 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
642 }
643
644 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
645 breakpoint made. */
646
647 void
648 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
649 {
650 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
651 }
652
653 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
654
655 void
656 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
657 {
658 struct breakpoint *b;
659
660 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
661 b->hit_count = 0;
662 }
663
664 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
665 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
666
667 static struct counted_command_line *
668 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
669 {
670 struct counted_command_line *result
671 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
672
673 result->refc = 1;
674 result->commands = commands;
675 return result;
676 }
677
678 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
679
680 static void
681 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
682 {
683 if (cmd)
684 ++cmd->refc;
685 }
686
687 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
688 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
689 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
690
691 static void
692 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
693 {
694 if (*cmdp)
695 {
696 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
697 {
698 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
699 xfree (*cmdp);
700 }
701 *cmdp = NULL;
702 }
703 }
704
705 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
706
707 static void
708 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
709 {
710 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
711 }
712
713 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
714 argument. */
715
716 static struct cleanup *
717 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
718 {
719 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
720 }
721
722 \f
723 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
724 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
725
726 struct breakpoint *
727 get_breakpoint (int num)
728 {
729 struct breakpoint *b;
730
731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
732 if (b->number == num)
733 return b;
734
735 return NULL;
736 }
737
738 \f
739
740 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
741 evaluating conditions on its side. */
742
743 static void
744 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
745 {
746 struct bp_location *loc;
747
748 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
749 evaluating conditions and if the user has
750 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
751 side. */
752 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
753 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
754 return;
755
756 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
757 return;
758
759 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
760 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
761 }
762
763 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
764 evaluating conditions on its side. */
765
766 static void
767 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
768 {
769 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
770 evaluating conditions and if the user has
771 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
772 side. */
773 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
774 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
775
776 return;
777
778 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
779 return;
780
781 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
782 }
783
784 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
785 condition_evaluation_mode. */
786
787 static void
788 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
789 struct cmd_list_element *c)
790 {
791 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
792
793 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
794 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
795 {
796 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
797 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
798 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
799 return;
800 }
801
802 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
803 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
804
805 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
806 settings was "auto". */
807 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
808
809 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
810 if (new_mode != old_mode)
811 {
812 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
813 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
814 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
815
816 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
817 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
818 */
819
820 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
821 {
822 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
823 target. */
824 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
826 }
827 else
828 {
829 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
830 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
831 target knows about. */
832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
833 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
834 loc->needs_update = 1;
835 }
836
837 /* Do the update. */
838 update_global_location_list (1);
839 }
840
841 return;
842 }
843
844 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
845 what "auto" is translating to. */
846
847 static void
848 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
849 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
850 {
851 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
852 fprintf_filtered (file,
853 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
854 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
855 value,
856 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
857 else
858 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
859 value);
860 }
861
862 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
863 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
864 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
865
866 static int
867 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
868 {
869 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
870 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
871
872 if (a->address == b->address)
873 return 0;
874 else
875 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
876 }
877
878 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
879 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
880 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
881 return NULL. */
882
883 static struct bp_location **
884 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
885 {
886 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
887 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
888 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
889
890 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
891 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
892 dummy_loc.address = address;
893
894 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
895 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
896 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
897 bp_location_compare_addrs);
898
899 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
900 if (locp_found == NULL)
901 return NULL;
902
903 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
904 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
905 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
906 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
907 locp_found--;
908
909 return locp_found;
910 }
911
912 void
913 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
914 int from_tty)
915 {
916 xfree (b->cond_string);
917 b->cond_string = NULL;
918
919 if (is_watchpoint (b))
920 {
921 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
922
923 xfree (w->cond_exp);
924 w->cond_exp = NULL;
925 }
926 else
927 {
928 struct bp_location *loc;
929
930 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
931 {
932 xfree (loc->cond);
933 loc->cond = NULL;
934
935 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
936 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
937 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
938 }
939 }
940
941 if (*exp == 0)
942 {
943 if (from_tty)
944 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
945 }
946 else
947 {
948 const char *arg = exp;
949
950 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
951 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
952 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
953 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
954
955 if (is_watchpoint (b))
956 {
957 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
958
959 innermost_block = NULL;
960 arg = exp;
961 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
962 if (*arg)
963 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
964 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
965 }
966 else
967 {
968 struct bp_location *loc;
969
970 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
971 {
972 arg = exp;
973 loc->cond =
974 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
975 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
976 if (*arg)
977 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
978 }
979 }
980 }
981 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
982
983 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
984 }
985
986 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
987
988 static VEC (char_ptr) *
989 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
990 const char *text, const char *word)
991 {
992 const char *space;
993
994 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
995 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
996 if (*space == '\0')
997 {
998 int len;
999 struct breakpoint *b;
1000 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1001
1002 if (text[0] == '$')
1003 {
1004 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1005 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1006 return NULL;
1007 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1008 }
1009
1010 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1011 len = strlen (text);
1012
1013 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1014 {
1015 char number[50];
1016
1017 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1018
1019 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1020 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1021 }
1022
1023 return result;
1024 }
1025
1026 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1027 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1028 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1029 }
1030
1031 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1032
1033 static void
1034 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1035 {
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1037 char *p;
1038 int bnum;
1039
1040 if (arg == 0)
1041 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1042
1043 p = arg;
1044 bnum = get_number (&p);
1045 if (bnum == 0)
1046 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1047
1048 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1049 if (b->number == bnum)
1050 {
1051 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1052 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1053 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1054 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1055 if (b->py_bp_object
1056 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1057 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1058 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1059 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1060
1061 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1062 update_global_location_list (1);
1063
1064 return;
1065 }
1066
1067 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1068 }
1069
1070 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1071 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1072 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1073
1074 static void
1075 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1076 {
1077 struct command_line *c;
1078
1079 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1080 {
1081 int i;
1082
1083 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1084 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1085 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1086
1087 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1088 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1089
1090 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1091 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1092 command directly. */
1093 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1094 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1095
1096 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1097 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1098 }
1099 }
1100
1101 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1102
1103 static int
1104 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1105 {
1106 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1107 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1108 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1109 }
1110
1111 int
1112 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1113 {
1114 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1115 }
1116
1117 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1118 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1119 found. */
1120
1121 static void
1122 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1123 struct command_line *commands)
1124 {
1125 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1126 {
1127 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1128 struct command_line *c;
1129 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1130
1131 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1132 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1133 ones might not. */
1134 t->step_count = 0;
1135
1136 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1137 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1138 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1139 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1140 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1141 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1142 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1143 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1144 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1145 tracepoint's context. */
1146 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1147 {
1148 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1149 {
1150 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1151 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1152 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1153 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1154 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1155 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1156
1157 if (while_stepping)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "can be used only once"));
1160 else
1161 while_stepping = c;
1162 }
1163
1164 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1165 }
1166 if (while_stepping)
1167 {
1168 struct command_line *c2;
1169
1170 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1171 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1172 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1173 {
1174 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1175 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1176 }
1177 }
1178 }
1179 else
1180 {
1181 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1182 }
1183 }
1184
1185 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1186 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1187
1188 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1189 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1190 {
1191 struct breakpoint *b;
1192 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1193 struct bp_location *loc;
1194
1195 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1196 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1197 {
1198 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1199 if (loc->address == addr)
1200 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1201 }
1202
1203 return found;
1204 }
1205
1206 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1207 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1208
1209 void
1210 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1211 struct command_line *commands)
1212 {
1213 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1214
1215 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1216 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1217 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1218 }
1219
1220 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1221 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1222 commands. */
1223
1224 void
1225 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1226 {
1227 int old_silent = b->silent;
1228
1229 b->silent = silent;
1230 if (old_silent != silent)
1231 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1232 }
1233
1234 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1235 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1236
1237 void
1238 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1239 {
1240 int old_thread = b->thread;
1241
1242 b->thread = thread;
1243 if (old_thread != thread)
1244 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1245 }
1246
1247 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1248 breakpoint work for any task. */
1249
1250 void
1251 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1252 {
1253 int old_task = b->task;
1254
1255 b->task = task;
1256 if (old_task != task)
1257 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1258 }
1259
1260 void
1261 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1262 {
1263 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1264
1265 validate_actionline (line, b);
1266 }
1267
1268 /* A structure used to pass information through
1269 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1270
1271 struct commands_info
1272 {
1273 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1274 int from_tty;
1275
1276 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1277 char *arg;
1278
1279 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1280 already-parsed command. */
1281 struct command_line *control;
1282
1283 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1284 yet been read. */
1285 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1286 };
1287
1288 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1289 commands_command. */
1290
1291 static void
1292 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1293 {
1294 struct commands_info *info = data;
1295
1296 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1297 {
1298 struct command_line *l;
1299
1300 if (info->control != NULL)
1301 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1302 else
1303 {
1304 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1305 char *str;
1306
1307 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1308 "%s, one per line."),
1309 info->arg);
1310
1311 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1312
1313 l = read_command_lines (str,
1314 info->from_tty, 1,
1315 (is_tracepoint (b)
1316 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1317 b);
1318
1319 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1320 }
1321
1322 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1323 }
1324
1325 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1326 do anything. */
1327 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1328 {
1329 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1330 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1331 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1332 b->commands = info->cmd;
1333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1334 }
1335 }
1336
1337 static void
1338 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1339 struct command_line *control)
1340 {
1341 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1342 struct commands_info info;
1343
1344 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1345 info.control = control;
1346 info.cmd = NULL;
1347 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1348 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1349 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1350
1351 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1352 {
1353 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1354 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1355 breakpoint_count);
1356 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1358 else
1359 {
1360 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1361 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1362 numbers will fail in this case. */
1363 arg = NULL;
1364 }
1365 }
1366 else
1367 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1368 our argument. */
1369 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1370
1371 if (arg != NULL)
1372 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1373
1374 info.arg = arg;
1375
1376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1377
1378 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1379 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1380
1381 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1382 }
1383
1384 static void
1385 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1386 {
1387 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1388 }
1389
1390 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1391 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1392
1393 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1394 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1395 enum command_control_type
1396 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1397 {
1398 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1399 return simple_control;
1400 }
1401
1402 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1403
1404 static int
1405 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1406 {
1407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1408 return 0;
1409 if (!bl->inserted)
1410 return 0;
1411 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1412 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1413 return 0;
1414 return 1;
1415 }
1416
1417 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1418 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1419
1420 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1421 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1422 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1423
1424 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1425 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1426 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1427 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1428 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1429 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1430 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1431 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1432 and:
1433 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1434
1435 void
1436 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1437 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1438 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1439 {
1440 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1441 search. */
1442 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1443
1444 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1445 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1446 report higher one. */
1447
1448 bc_l = 0;
1449 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1450 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1451 {
1452 struct bp_location *bl;
1453
1454 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1455 bl = bp_location[bc];
1456
1457 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1458 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1459 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1460 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1461
1462 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1463 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1464 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1465
1466 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1467 >= bl->address)
1468 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1469 <= memaddr))
1470 bc_l = bc;
1471 else
1472 bc_r = bc;
1473 }
1474
1475 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1476 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1477 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1478 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1479 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1480 B:
1481
1482 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1483
1484 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1485 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1486 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1487 and L2. */
1488 while (bc_l > 0
1489 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1490 bc_l--;
1491
1492 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1493
1494 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1495 {
1496 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1497 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1498 int bp_size = 0;
1499 int bptoffset = 0;
1500
1501 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1502 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1503 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1504 bl->owner->number);
1505
1506 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1507 content. */
1508
1509 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1510 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1511 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1512 break;
1513
1514 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1515 continue;
1516 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1517 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1518 continue;
1519
1520 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1521 we need to copy. */
1522 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1523 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1524
1525 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1527 are reading. */
1528 continue;
1529
1530 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1531 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1532 reading. */
1533 continue;
1534
1535 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1536 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1537 {
1538 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1539 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1540 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1541 bp_addr = memaddr;
1542 }
1543
1544 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1545 {
1546 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1547 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1548 }
1549
1550 if (readbuf != NULL)
1551 {
1552 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1553 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1554 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1555 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1556 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1557
1558 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1559 shadow. */
1560 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1561 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1562 }
1563 else
1564 {
1565 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1566 const unsigned char *bp;
1567 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1568 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1569
1570 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1571 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1572 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1573
1574 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1575 address. */
1576 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1577
1578 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1579 breakpoint's INSN. */
1580 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1581 }
1582 }
1583 }
1584 \f
1585
1586 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1587 breakpoint. */
1588
1589 int
1590 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1591 {
1592 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1593 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1594 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1595 }
1596
1597 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1598
1599 static int
1600 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1601 {
1602 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1603 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1604 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1605 }
1606
1607 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1608 software. */
1609
1610 int
1611 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1612 {
1613 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1614 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1615 }
1616
1617 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1618 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1619 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1620 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1621 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1622 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1623 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1624 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1625
1626 static int
1627 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1628 {
1629 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1630 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1631 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1632 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1633 }
1634
1635 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1636 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1637
1638 static void
1639 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1640 {
1641 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1642
1643 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1644 {
1645 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1646 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1647 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1648 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1649 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1650 }
1651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1652 }
1653
1654 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1655 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1656 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1657 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1658 in b->loc->cond.
1659 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1660
1661 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1662 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1663 it.
1664
1665 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1666 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1667 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1668 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1669 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1670 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1671 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1672 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1673
1674 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1675 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1676 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1677 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1678 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1679 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1680 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1681 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1682 not changed.
1683
1684 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1685 hardware watchpoints:
1686
1687 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1688 called several times when GDB stops.
1689
1690 [linux]
1691 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1692 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1693 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1694 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1695 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1696 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1697 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1698 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1699 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1700 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1701 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1702
1703 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1704 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1705
1706 static void
1707 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1708 {
1709 int within_current_scope;
1710 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1711 int frame_saved;
1712
1713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1717 return;
1718
1719 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1720 return;
1721
1722 frame_saved = 0;
1723
1724 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1725 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1726 within_current_scope = 1;
1727 else
1728 {
1729 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1730 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1731 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1732
1733 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1734 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1735 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1737 return;
1738
1739 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1740 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1741 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1742 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1743 selected frame. */
1744 frame_saved = 1;
1745 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1746
1747 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1748 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1749 if (within_current_scope)
1750 select_frame (fi);
1751 }
1752
1753 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1754 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1755 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1756 b->base.loc = NULL;
1757
1758 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1759 {
1760 const char *s;
1761
1762 if (b->exp)
1763 {
1764 xfree (b->exp);
1765 b->exp = NULL;
1766 }
1767 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1768 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1769 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1770 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1771 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1772 be completely different objects. */
1773 value_free (b->val);
1774 b->val = NULL;
1775 b->val_valid = 0;
1776
1777 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1778 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1779 locations (re)created below. */
1780 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1781 {
1782 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1783 {
1784 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1785 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1786 }
1787
1788 s = b->base.cond_string;
1789 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1790 }
1791 }
1792
1793 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1794 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1795 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1796 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1797 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1798 if ( !target_has_execution)
1799 {
1800 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1801 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1802 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1803 }
1804 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1805 {
1806 int pc = 0;
1807 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1808 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1809
1810 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1811
1812 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1813 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1814 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1815 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1816 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1817 watchpoints. */
1818 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1819 {
1820 b->val = v;
1821 b->val_valid = 1;
1822 }
1823
1824 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1825
1826 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1827 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1828 {
1829 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1830 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1831 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1832 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1833 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1834 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1835 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1836 {
1837 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1838
1839 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1840 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1841 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1842 if (v == result
1843 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1844 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1845 {
1846 CORE_ADDR addr;
1847 int type;
1848 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1849
1850 addr = value_address (v);
1851 type = hw_write;
1852 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1853 type = hw_read;
1854 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1855 type = hw_access;
1856
1857 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1858 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1859 ;
1860 *tmp = loc;
1861 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1862
1863 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1864 loc->address = addr;
1865 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1866 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1867 }
1868 }
1869 }
1870
1871 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1872 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1873 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1874 is started. */
1875 if (reparse)
1876 {
1877 int reg_cnt;
1878 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1879 struct bp_location *bl;
1880
1881 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1882
1883 if (reg_cnt)
1884 {
1885 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1886 enum bptype type;
1887
1888 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1889 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1890 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1891
1892 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1893 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1894 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1895 this watchpoint in as well. */
1896
1897 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1898 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1899 hardware watchpoint type. */
1900 type = b->base.type;
1901 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1902 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1903
1904 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1905 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1906 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1907 through watch_command), so always account for it
1908 manually. */
1909
1910 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1911 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1912
1913 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1914 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1915
1916 target_resources_ok
1917 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1918 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1919 {
1920 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1921
1922 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1923 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1924 "hardware watchpoint."));
1925 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1927 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1928
1929 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1930 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1931 }
1932 else
1933 {
1934 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1935 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1936 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1937 nop. */
1938 b->base.type = type;
1939 }
1940 }
1941 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1942 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1943 "read/access watchpoint."));
1944 else
1945 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1946
1947 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1948 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1949 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1950 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1951 }
1952
1953 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1954 {
1955 next = value_next (v);
1956 if (v != b->val)
1957 value_free (v);
1958 }
1959
1960 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1961 above left it without any location set up. But,
1962 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1963 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1964 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1965 {
1966 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1967 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1968 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1969 base->loc->address = -1;
1970 base->loc->length = -1;
1971 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1972 }
1973 }
1974 else if (!within_current_scope)
1975 {
1976 printf_filtered (_("\
1977 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1978 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1979 b->base.number);
1980 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1981 }
1982
1983 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1984 if (frame_saved)
1985 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1986 }
1987
1988
1989 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1990 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1991 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1992 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1993 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1994 static int
1995 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1996 {
1997 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1998 return 0;
1999
2000 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2001 return 0;
2002
2003 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2004 return 0;
2005
2006 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2007 return 0;
2008
2009 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2010 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2011 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2012 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2013 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2014 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2015 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2016 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2017 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2018 return 0;
2019
2020 return 1;
2021 }
2022
2023 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2024 that the location is not duplicated. */
2025
2026 static int
2027 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2028 {
2029 int result;
2030 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2031
2032 bl->duplicate = 0;
2033 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2034 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2035 return result;
2036 }
2037
2038 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2039 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2040 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2041 any error during parsing. */
2042
2043 static struct agent_expr *
2044 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2045 {
2046 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2047 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2048
2049 if (!cond)
2050 return NULL;
2051
2052 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2053 that may show up. */
2054 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2055 {
2056 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2057 }
2058
2059 if (ex.reason < 0)
2060 {
2061 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2062 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2063 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2064 return NULL;
2065 }
2066
2067 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2068 return aexpr;
2069 }
2070
2071 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2072 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2073 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2074 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2075 one of them is true. */
2076
2077 static void
2078 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2079 {
2080 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2081 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2082 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2083 struct bp_location *loc;
2084
2085 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2086 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2087 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2088 side. */
2089 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2090 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2091 return;
2092
2093 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2094 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2095 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2096 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2097 response back to GDB. */
2098 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2099 {
2100 loc = (*loc2p);
2101 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2102 {
2103 if (modified)
2104 {
2105 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2106
2107 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2108 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2109 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2110 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2111 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2112 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2113
2114 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2115 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2116 to the target. */
2117 if (aexpr)
2118 continue;
2119 }
2120
2121 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2122 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2123 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2124 {
2125 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2126 break;
2127 }
2128 }
2129 }
2130
2131 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2132 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2133 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2134
2135 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2136 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2137 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2138 {
2139 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2140 {
2141 loc = (*loc2p);
2142 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2143 {
2144 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2145 located. */
2146 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2147 return;
2148
2149 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2150 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2151 }
2152 }
2153 }
2154
2155 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2156 for this location's address. */
2157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2158 {
2159 loc = (*loc2p);
2160 if (loc->cond
2161 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2162 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2163 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2164 && loc->enabled)
2165 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2166 conditions to the target. */
2167 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2168 loc->cond_bytecode);
2169 }
2170
2171 return;
2172 }
2173
2174 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2175 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2176 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2177
2178 static struct agent_expr *
2179 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2180 {
2181 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2182 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2183 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2184 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2185 const char *cmdrest;
2186 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2187 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2188 int nargs;
2189 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2190
2191 if (!cmd)
2192 return NULL;
2193
2194 cmdrest = cmd;
2195
2196 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2197 ++cmdrest;
2198 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2199
2200 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2201 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2202
2203 format_start = cmdrest;
2204
2205 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2206
2207 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2208
2209 format_end = cmdrest;
2210
2211 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2212 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2213
2214 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2215
2216 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2217 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2218
2219 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2220 cmdrest++;
2221 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2222
2223 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2224
2225 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2226 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2227
2228 nargs = 0;
2229 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2230 {
2231 const char *cmd1;
2232
2233 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2234 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2235 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2236 cmdrest = cmd1;
2237 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2238 ++cmdrest;
2239 }
2240
2241 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2242 that may show up. */
2243 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2244 {
2245 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2246 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2247 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2248 }
2249
2250 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2251
2252 if (ex.reason < 0)
2253 {
2254 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2255 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2256 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2257 return NULL;
2258 }
2259
2260 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2261 return aexpr;
2262 }
2263
2264 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2265 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2266 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2267
2268 static void
2269 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2270 {
2271 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2272 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2273 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2274 struct bp_location *loc;
2275
2276 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2277 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2278 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2279 return;
2280
2281 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2282 return;
2283
2284 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2285 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2286 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2287 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2288 response back to GDB. */
2289 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2290 {
2291 loc = (*loc2p);
2292 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2293 {
2294 if (modified)
2295 {
2296 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2297
2298 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2299 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2300 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2301 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2302 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2303 loc->owner->extra_string);
2304 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2305
2306 if (!aexpr)
2307 continue;
2308 }
2309
2310 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2311 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2312 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2313 {
2314 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2315 break;
2316 }
2317 }
2318 }
2319
2320 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2321 and so clean up. */
2322 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2323 {
2324 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2325 {
2326 loc = (*loc2p);
2327 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2328 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2329 {
2330 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2331 located. */
2332 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2333 return;
2334
2335 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2336 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2337 }
2338 }
2339 }
2340
2341 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2342 for this location's address. */
2343 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2344 {
2345 loc = (*loc2p);
2346 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2347 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2348 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2349 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2350 && loc->enabled)
2351 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2352 to send the commands to the target. */
2353 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2354 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2355 }
2356
2357 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2358 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2359 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2360 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2361 }
2362
2363 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2364 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2365 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2366 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2367 -1 for failure.
2368
2369 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2370 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2371 static int
2372 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2373 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2374 int *disabled_breaks,
2375 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2376 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2377 {
2378 int val = 0;
2379 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2380 struct gdb_exception e;
2381
2382 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2383 return 0;
2384
2385 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2386 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2387 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2388 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2389 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2390 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2391 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2392 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2393 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2394 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2395 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2396 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2397
2398 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2399 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2400 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2401 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2402
2403 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2404 {
2405 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2406 build_target_command_list (bl);
2407 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2408 bl->needs_update = 0;
2409 }
2410
2411 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2412 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2413 {
2414 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2415 {
2416 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2417 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2418 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2419
2420 Two important cases are:
2421 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2422 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2423 hardware breakpoint.
2424 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2425 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2426 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2427 so we undo.
2428
2429 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2430 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2431 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2432 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2433 gdb. */
2434 struct mem_region *mr
2435 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2436
2437 if (mr)
2438 {
2439 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2440 {
2441 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2442
2443 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2444 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2445 else
2446 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2447
2448 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2449 {
2450 static int said = 0;
2451
2452 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2453 if (!said)
2454 {
2455 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2456 _("Note: automatically using "
2457 "hardware breakpoints for "
2458 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2459 said = 1;
2460 }
2461 }
2462 }
2463 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2464 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2465 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2466 "at readonly address %s"),
2467 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2468 }
2469 }
2470
2471 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2472 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2473 || bl->section == NULL
2474 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2475 {
2476 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2477 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2478 {
2479 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2480 }
2481 if (e.reason < 0)
2482 {
2483 val = 1;
2484 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2485 }
2486 }
2487 else
2488 {
2489 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2490 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2491 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2492 {
2493 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2494 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2495 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2496 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2497 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2498 bl->owner->number);
2499 else
2500 {
2501 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2502 bl->section);
2503 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2504 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2505 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2506 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2507 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2508 if (val != 0)
2509 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2510 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2511 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2512 bl->owner->number);
2513 }
2514 }
2515 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2516 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2517 {
2518 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2519 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2520 {
2521 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2522 }
2523 if (e.reason < 0)
2524 {
2525 val = 1;
2526 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2527 }
2528 }
2529 else
2530 {
2531 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2532 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2533 return 0;
2534 }
2535 }
2536
2537 if (val)
2538 {
2539 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2540 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2541 {
2542 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2543 val = 0;
2544 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2545 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2546 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2547 {
2548 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2549 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2550 bl->owner->number);
2551 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2552 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2553 "library breakpoints:\n");
2554 }
2555 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2557 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2558 }
2559 else
2560 {
2561 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2562 {
2563 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2564 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2565 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2566 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2567 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2568 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2570 }
2571 else
2572 {
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2574 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2575 bl->owner->number);
2576 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2577 "Error accessing memory address ");
2578 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2579 tmp_error_stream);
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2581 safe_strerror (val));
2582 }
2583
2584 }
2585 }
2586 else
2587 bl->inserted = 1;
2588
2589 return val;
2590 }
2591
2592 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2593 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2594 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2595 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2596 {
2597 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2598 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2599
2600 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2601
2602 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2603 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2604 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2605 {
2606 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2607
2608 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2609 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2610 of this one. */
2611 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2612 if (loc != bl
2613 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2614 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2615 {
2616 bl->duplicate = 1;
2617 bl->inserted = 1;
2618 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2619 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2620 val = 0;
2621 break;
2622 }
2623
2624 if (val == 1)
2625 {
2626 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2627 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2628
2629 if (val)
2630 /* Back to the original value. */
2631 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2632 }
2633 }
2634
2635 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2636 }
2637
2638 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2639 {
2640 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2641 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2642
2643 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2644 if (val)
2645 {
2646 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2647
2648 if (val == 1)
2649 warning (_("\
2650 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2651 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2652 else
2653 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2654 }
2655
2656 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2657
2658 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2659 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2660 so just return success. */
2661 return 0;
2662 }
2663
2664 return 0;
2665 }
2666
2667 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2668 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2669 PSPACE anymore. */
2670
2671 void
2672 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2673 {
2674 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2675 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2676
2677 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2678 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2679 {
2680 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2681 delete_breakpoint (b);
2682 }
2683
2684 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2685 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2686 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2687 {
2688 struct bp_location *tmp;
2689
2690 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2691 {
2692 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2693 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2694 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2695 else
2696 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2697 if (tmp->next == loc)
2698 {
2699 tmp->next = loc->next;
2700 break;
2701 }
2702 }
2703 }
2704
2705 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2706 removed locations above. */
2707 update_global_location_list (0);
2708 }
2709
2710 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2711 Throws exception on any error.
2712 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2713 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2714 void
2715 insert_breakpoints (void)
2716 {
2717 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2718
2719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2720 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2721 {
2722 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2723
2724 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2725 }
2726
2727 update_global_location_list (1);
2728
2729 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2730 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2731 now. */
2732 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2733 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2734 }
2735
2736 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2737
2738 void
2739 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2740 {
2741 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2742
2743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2744 {
2745 callback (loc, NULL);
2746 }
2747 }
2748
2749 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2750 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2751 always-inserted mode. */
2752
2753 static void
2754 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2755 {
2756 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2757 int error_flag = 0;
2758 int val = 0;
2759 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2760 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2761 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2762
2763 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2764 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2765
2766 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2767 there was an error. */
2768 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2769
2770 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2771
2772 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2773 {
2774 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2775 breakpoints. */
2776 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2777 continue;
2778
2779 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2780 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2781 deletion of breakpoints. */
2782 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2783 continue;
2784
2785 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2786
2787 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2788 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2789 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2790 insert breakpoints. */
2791 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2792 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2793 continue;
2794
2795 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2796 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2797 if (val)
2798 error_flag = val;
2799 }
2800
2801 if (error_flag)
2802 {
2803 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2804 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2805 }
2806
2807 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2808 }
2809
2810 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2811
2812 static void
2813 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2814 {
2815 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2816 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2817 int error_flag = 0;
2818 int val = 0;
2819 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2820 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2821 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2822
2823 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2824 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2825
2826 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2827 there was an error. */
2828 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2829
2830 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2831
2832 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2833 {
2834 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2835 continue;
2836
2837 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2838 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2839 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2840 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2841 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2842 continue;
2843
2844 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2845
2846 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2847 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2848 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2849 insert breakpoints. */
2850 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2851 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2852 continue;
2853
2854 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2855 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2856 if (val)
2857 error_flag = val;
2858 }
2859
2860 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2861 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2862 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2863 {
2864 int some_failed = 0;
2865 struct bp_location *loc;
2866
2867 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2868 continue;
2869
2870 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2871 continue;
2872
2873 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2874 continue;
2875
2876 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2877 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2878 {
2879 some_failed = 1;
2880 break;
2881 }
2882 if (some_failed)
2883 {
2884 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2885 if (loc->inserted)
2886 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2887
2888 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2889 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2890 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2891 bpt->number);
2892 error_flag = -1;
2893 }
2894 }
2895
2896 if (error_flag)
2897 {
2898 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2899 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2900 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2901 {
2902 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2903 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2904 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2905 }
2906 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2907 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2908 }
2909
2910 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2911 }
2912
2913 /* Used when the program stops.
2914 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2915 removing a breakpoint location. */
2916
2917 int
2918 remove_breakpoints (void)
2919 {
2920 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2921 int val = 0;
2922
2923 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2924 {
2925 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2926 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2927 }
2928 return val;
2929 }
2930
2931 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2932
2933 int
2934 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2935 {
2936 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2937 int val;
2938 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2939
2940 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2941 {
2942 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2943 continue;
2944
2945 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2946 continue;
2947
2948 if (bl->inserted)
2949 {
2950 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2951 if (val != 0)
2952 return val;
2953 }
2954 }
2955 return 0;
2956 }
2957
2958 int
2959 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2960 {
2961 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2962 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2963 int val;
2964 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2965 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2966 struct inferior *inf;
2967 struct thread_info *tp;
2968
2969 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2970 if (tp == NULL)
2971 return 1;
2972
2973 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2974 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2975
2976 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2977
2978 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2979 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2980
2981 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2982 {
2983 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2984 continue;
2985
2986 if (bl->inserted)
2987 {
2988 bl->inserted = 0;
2989 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2990 if (val != 0)
2991 {
2992 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2993 return val;
2994 }
2995 }
2996 }
2997 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2998 return 0;
2999 }
3000
3001 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3002
3003 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3004 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3005 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3006 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3007 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3008 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3009 static void
3010 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3011 {
3012 if (internal)
3013 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3014 else
3015 {
3016 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3017 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3018 }
3019 }
3020
3021 static struct breakpoint *
3022 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3023 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3024 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3025 {
3026 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3027 struct breakpoint *b;
3028
3029 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3030
3031 sal.pc = address;
3032 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3033 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3034
3035 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3036 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3037 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3038
3039 return b;
3040 }
3041
3042 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3043 {
3044 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3045 };
3046 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3047
3048 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3049 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3050 {
3051 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3052 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3053
3054 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3055 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3056
3057 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3058 int longjmp_searched;
3059
3060 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3061 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3062
3063 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3064 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3065
3066 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3067 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3068
3069 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3070 int exception_searched;
3071
3072 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3073 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3074 };
3075
3076 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3077
3078 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3079 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3080
3081 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3082
3083 static int
3084 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3085 {
3086 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3087 }
3088
3089 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3090 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3091
3092 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3093 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3094 {
3095 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3096
3097 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3098 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3099 {
3100 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3101 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3102
3103 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3104 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3105 }
3106 return bp_objfile_data;
3107 }
3108
3109 static void
3110 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3111 {
3112 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3113
3114 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3115 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3116 }
3117
3118 static void
3119 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3120 {
3121 struct objfile *objfile;
3122 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3123
3124 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3125 {
3126 struct breakpoint *b;
3127 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3128 CORE_ADDR addr;
3129
3130 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3131
3132 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3133 continue;
3134
3135 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3136 {
3137 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3138
3139 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3140 if (m == NULL)
3141 {
3142 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3143 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3144 continue;
3145 }
3146 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3147 }
3148
3149 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3150 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3151 bp_overlay_event,
3152 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3153 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3154
3155 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3156 {
3157 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3158 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3159 }
3160 else
3161 {
3162 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3163 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3164 }
3165 }
3166 update_global_location_list (1);
3167 }
3168
3169 static void
3170 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3171 {
3172 struct program_space *pspace;
3173 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3174
3175 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3176
3177 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3178 {
3179 struct objfile *objfile;
3180
3181 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3182
3183 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3184 {
3185 int i;
3186 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3187 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3188
3189 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3190 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3191 continue;
3192
3193 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3194
3195 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3196 {
3197 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3198 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3199 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3200 }
3201
3202 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3203 {
3204 int i;
3205 struct probe *probe;
3206 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3207
3208 for (i = 0;
3209 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3210 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3211 i, probe);
3212 ++i)
3213 {
3214 struct breakpoint *b;
3215
3216 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3217 bp_longjmp_master,
3218 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3219 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3220 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3221 }
3222
3223 continue;
3224 }
3225
3226 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3227 {
3228 struct breakpoint *b;
3229 const char *func_name;
3230 CORE_ADDR addr;
3231
3232 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3233 continue;
3234
3235 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3236 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3237 {
3238 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3239
3240 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3241 if (m == NULL)
3242 {
3243 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3244 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3245 continue;
3246 }
3247 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3248 }
3249
3250 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3251 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3252 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3253 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3254 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3255 }
3256 }
3257 }
3258 update_global_location_list (1);
3259
3260 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3261 }
3262
3263 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3264 static void
3265 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3266 {
3267 struct program_space *pspace;
3268 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3269 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3270
3271 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3272
3273 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3274 {
3275 struct objfile *objfile;
3276 CORE_ADDR addr;
3277
3278 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3279
3280 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3281 {
3282 struct breakpoint *b;
3283 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3284
3285 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3286
3287 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3288 continue;
3289
3290 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3291 {
3292 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3293
3294 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3295 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3296 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3297 {
3298 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3299 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3300 continue;
3301 }
3302 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3303 }
3304
3305 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3307 bp_std_terminate_master,
3308 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3309 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3310 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3311 }
3312 }
3313
3314 update_global_location_list (1);
3315
3316 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3317 }
3318
3319 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3320
3321 static void
3322 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3323 {
3324 struct objfile *objfile;
3325 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3326
3327 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3328 {
3329 struct breakpoint *b;
3330 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3331 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3332 CORE_ADDR addr;
3333
3334 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3335
3336 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3337 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3338 {
3339 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3340 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3341 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3342 }
3343
3344 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3345 {
3346 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3347 int i;
3348 struct probe *probe;
3349
3350 for (i = 0;
3351 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3352 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3353 i, probe);
3354 ++i)
3355 {
3356 struct breakpoint *b;
3357
3358 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3359 bp_exception_master,
3360 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3361 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3362 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3363 }
3364
3365 continue;
3366 }
3367
3368 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3369
3370 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3371 continue;
3372
3373 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3374
3375 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3376 {
3377 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3378
3379 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3380 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3381 {
3382 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3383 continue;
3384 }
3385
3386 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3387 }
3388
3389 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3390 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3391 &current_target);
3392 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3393 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3394 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3395 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3396 }
3397
3398 update_global_location_list (1);
3399 }
3400
3401 void
3402 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3403 {
3404 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3405 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3406
3407 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3408 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3409 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3410 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3411 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3412 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3413 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3414 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3415 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3416 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3417 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3418
3419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3420 {
3421 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3422 continue;
3423
3424 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3425 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3426 {
3427 delete_breakpoint (b);
3428 continue;
3429 }
3430
3431 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3432 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3433 {
3434 delete_breakpoint (b);
3435 continue;
3436 }
3437
3438 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3439 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3440 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3441 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3442 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3443 {
3444 delete_breakpoint (b);
3445 continue;
3446 }
3447
3448 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3449 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3450 {
3451 delete_breakpoint (b);
3452 continue;
3453 }
3454
3455 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3456 after an exec. */
3457 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3458 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3459 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3460 {
3461 delete_breakpoint (b);
3462 continue;
3463 }
3464
3465 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3466 {
3467 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3468 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3469 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3470 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3471 continue;
3472 }
3473
3474 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3475 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3476 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3477 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3478 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3479 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3480
3481 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3482 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3483 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3484 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3485 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3486 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3487 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3488
3489 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3490 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3491 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3492 let finish_command delete it.
3493
3494 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3495 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3496 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3497 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3498 solib breakpoints.) */
3499
3500 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3501 {
3502 continue;
3503 }
3504
3505 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3506 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3507 a.out. */
3508 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3509 {
3510 delete_breakpoint (b);
3511 continue;
3512 }
3513 }
3514 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3515 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3516 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3517 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3518 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3519 }
3520
3521 int
3522 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3523 {
3524 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3525 int val = 0;
3526 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3527 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3528
3529 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3530 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3531
3532 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3533 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3534 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3535 {
3536 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3537 continue;
3538
3539 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3540 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3541 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3542 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3543 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3544 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3545 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3546 continue;
3547
3548 if (bl->inserted)
3549 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3550 }
3551
3552 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3553 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3554
3555 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3556 return val;
3557 }
3558
3559 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3560 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3561 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3562 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3563 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3564
3565 static int
3566 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3567 {
3568 int val;
3569
3570 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3571 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3572
3573 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3574 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3575 return 0;
3576
3577 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3578 This should not ever happen. */
3579 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3580
3581 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3582 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3583 {
3584 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3585 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3586 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3587
3588 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3589 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3590 || bl->section == NULL
3591 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3592 {
3593 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3594 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3595 }
3596 else
3597 {
3598 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3599 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3600 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3601 {
3602 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3603 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3604 */
3605 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3606 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3607 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3608 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3609 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3610 else
3611 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3612 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3613 }
3614 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3615 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3616 if (bl->inserted)
3617 {
3618 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3619 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3620 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3621 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3622
3623 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3624 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3625 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3626 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3627 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3628 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3629 else
3630 val = 0;
3631 }
3632 else
3633 {
3634 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3635 val = 0;
3636 }
3637 }
3638
3639 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3640 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3641 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3642 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3643 val = 0;
3644
3645 if (val)
3646 return val;
3647 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3648 }
3649 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3650 {
3651 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3652 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3653
3654 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3655 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3656
3657 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3658 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3659 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3660 bl->owner->number);
3661 }
3662 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3663 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3664 && !bl->duplicate)
3665 {
3666 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3667 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3668
3669 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3670 if (val)
3671 return val;
3672
3673 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3674 }
3675
3676 return 0;
3677 }
3678
3679 static int
3680 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3681 {
3682 int ret;
3683 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3684
3685 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3686 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3687
3688 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3689 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3690 return 0;
3691
3692 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3693 This should not ever happen. */
3694 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3695
3696 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3697
3698 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3699
3700 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3701
3702 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3703 return ret;
3704 }
3705
3706 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3707
3708 void
3709 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3710 {
3711 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3712
3713 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3714 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3715 bl->inserted = 0;
3716 }
3717
3718 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3719 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3720
3721 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3722 between runs.
3723
3724 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3725 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3726 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3727
3728
3729
3730 void
3731 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3732 {
3733 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3734 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3735 int ix;
3736 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3737
3738 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3739 nothing to do. */
3740 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3741 return;
3742
3743 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3744 {
3745 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3746 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3747 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3748 bl->inserted = 0;
3749 }
3750
3751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3752 {
3753 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3754 continue;
3755
3756 switch (b->type)
3757 {
3758 case bp_call_dummy:
3759 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3760
3761 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3762 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3763 rid of it. */
3764
3765 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3766
3767 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3768
3769 case bp_shlib_event:
3770
3771 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3772 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3773 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3774 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3775 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3776
3777 (gdb) file prog-linux
3778 (gdb) run # native linux target
3779 ...
3780 (gdb) kill
3781 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3782 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3783 */
3784
3785 case bp_step_resume:
3786
3787 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3788
3789 delete_breakpoint (b);
3790 break;
3791
3792 case bp_watchpoint:
3793 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3794 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3795 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3796 {
3797 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3798
3799 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3800 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3801 delete_breakpoint (b);
3802 else if (context == inf_starting)
3803 {
3804 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3805 insert_breakpoints. */
3806 if (w->val)
3807 value_free (w->val);
3808 w->val = NULL;
3809 w->val_valid = 0;
3810 }
3811 }
3812 break;
3813 default:
3814 break;
3815 }
3816 }
3817
3818 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3819 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3820 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3821 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3822 }
3823
3824 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3825 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3826 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3827 match, not program space. */
3828
3829 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3830 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3831 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3832 permanent breakpoint.
3833 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3834 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3835 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3836 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3837 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3838
3839 enum breakpoint_here
3840 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3841 {
3842 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3843 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3844
3845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3846 {
3847 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3848 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3849 continue;
3850
3851 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3852 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3853 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3854 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3855 {
3856 if (overlay_debugging
3857 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3858 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3859 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3860 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3861 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3862 else
3863 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3864 }
3865 }
3866
3867 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3868 }
3869
3870 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3871
3872 int
3873 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3874 {
3875 struct bp_location *loc;
3876 int ix;
3877
3878 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3879 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3880 return 1;
3881
3882 return 0;
3883 }
3884
3885 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3886 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3887 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3888 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3889
3890 int
3891 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3892 CORE_ADDR pc)
3893 {
3894 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3895
3896 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3897 {
3898 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3899 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3900 continue;
3901
3902 if (bl->inserted
3903 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3904 {
3905 if (overlay_debugging
3906 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3907 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3908 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3909 else
3910 return 1;
3911 }
3912 }
3913 return 0;
3914 }
3915
3916 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3917 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3918
3919 int
3920 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3921 {
3922 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3923 return 1;
3924
3925 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3926 return 1;
3927
3928 return 0;
3929 }
3930
3931 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3932 inserted at PC. */
3933
3934 int
3935 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3936 CORE_ADDR pc)
3937 {
3938 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3939
3940 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3941 {
3942 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3943 continue;
3944
3945 if (bl->inserted
3946 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3947 aspace, pc))
3948 {
3949 if (overlay_debugging
3950 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3951 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3952 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3953 else
3954 return 1;
3955 }
3956 }
3957
3958 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3959 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3960 return 1;
3961
3962 return 0;
3963 }
3964
3965 int
3966 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3967 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3968 {
3969 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3970
3971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3972 {
3973 struct bp_location *loc;
3974
3975 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3976 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3977 continue;
3978
3979 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3980 continue;
3981
3982 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3983 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3984 {
3985 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3986
3987 /* Check for intersection. */
3988 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3989 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3990 if (l < h)
3991 return 1;
3992 }
3993 }
3994 return 0;
3995 }
3996
3997 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3998 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3999
4000 int
4001 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4002 ptid_t ptid)
4003 {
4004 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4005 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4006 int thread = -1;
4007 int task = 0;
4008
4009 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4010 {
4011 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4012 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4013 continue;
4014
4015 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4016 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4017 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4018 continue;
4019
4020 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4021 continue;
4022
4023 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4024 {
4025 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4026 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4027 it is now time to do so. */
4028 if (thread == -1)
4029 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4030 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4031 continue;
4032 }
4033
4034 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4035 {
4036 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4037 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4038 it is now time to do so. */
4039 if (task == 0)
4040 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4041 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4042 continue;
4043 }
4044
4045 if (overlay_debugging
4046 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4047 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4048 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4049
4050 return 1;
4051 }
4052
4053 return 0;
4054 }
4055 \f
4056
4057 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4058 in breakpoint.h. */
4059
4060 int
4061 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4062 {
4063 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4064 }
4065
4066 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4067 'next' chain. */
4068
4069 static void
4070 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4071 {
4072 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4073 value_free (bs->old_val);
4074 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4075 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4076 xfree (bs);
4077 }
4078
4079 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4080 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4081
4082 void
4083 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4084 {
4085 bpstat p;
4086 bpstat q;
4087
4088 if (bsp == 0)
4089 return;
4090 p = *bsp;
4091 while (p != NULL)
4092 {
4093 q = p->next;
4094 bpstat_free (p);
4095 p = q;
4096 }
4097 *bsp = NULL;
4098 }
4099
4100 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4101 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4102
4103 bpstat
4104 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4105 {
4106 bpstat p = NULL;
4107 bpstat tmp;
4108 bpstat retval = NULL;
4109
4110 if (bs == NULL)
4111 return bs;
4112
4113 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4114 {
4115 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4116 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4117 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4118 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4119 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4120 {
4121 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4122 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4123 }
4124
4125 if (p == NULL)
4126 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4127 retval = tmp;
4128 else
4129 p->next = tmp;
4130 p = tmp;
4131 }
4132 p->next = NULL;
4133 return retval;
4134 }
4135
4136 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4137
4138 bpstat
4139 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4140 {
4141 if (bsp == NULL)
4142 return NULL;
4143
4144 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4145 {
4146 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4147 return bsp;
4148 }
4149 return NULL;
4150 }
4151
4152 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4153
4154 enum bpstat_signal_value
4155 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4156 {
4157 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4158
4159 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4160 {
4161 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4162 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4163 enum bpstat_signal_value newval;
4164
4165 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4166 {
4167 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4168 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
4169 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4170 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4171 else
4172 newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4173 }
4174 else
4175 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4176 sig);
4177
4178 if (newval > result)
4179 result = newval;
4180 }
4181
4182 return result;
4183 }
4184
4185 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4186 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4187 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4188 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4189
4190 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4191 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4192 we set it.
4193 Return 1 otherwise. */
4194
4195 int
4196 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4197 {
4198 struct breakpoint *b;
4199
4200 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4201 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4202
4203 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4204 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4205 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4206 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4207 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4208 if (b == NULL)
4209 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4210
4211 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4212 return 1;
4213 }
4214
4215 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4216
4217 void
4218 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4219 {
4220 struct thread_info *tp;
4221 bpstat bs;
4222
4223 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4224 return;
4225
4226 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4227 if (tp == NULL)
4228 return;
4229
4230 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4231 {
4232 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4233
4234 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4235 {
4236 value_free (bs->old_val);
4237 bs->old_val = NULL;
4238 }
4239 }
4240 }
4241
4242 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4243
4244 static void
4245 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4246 {
4247 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4248 {
4249 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4250
4251 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4252 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4253 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4254 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4255 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4256 return;
4257 }
4258
4259 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4260 }
4261
4262 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4263 command. */
4264 static void
4265 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4266 {
4267 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4268 }
4269
4270 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4271 or its equivalent. */
4272
4273 static int
4274 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4275 {
4276 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4277 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4278 }
4279
4280 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4281 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4282 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4283 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4284
4285 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4286 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4287 bpstat of the current thread. */
4288
4289 static int
4290 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4291 {
4292 bpstat bs;
4293 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4294 int again = 0;
4295
4296 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4297 in bs->commands. */
4298 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4299 return 0;
4300
4301 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4302 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4303
4304 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4305
4306 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4307 bs = *bsp;
4308
4309 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4310 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4311 {
4312 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4313 struct command_line *cmd;
4314 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4315
4316 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4317
4318 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4319 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4320 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4321 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4322 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4323 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4324 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4325 the tree when we're done. */
4326 ccmd = bs->commands;
4327 bs->commands = NULL;
4328 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4329 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4330 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4331 {
4332 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4333 cmd = cmd->next;
4334 }
4335
4336 while (cmd != NULL)
4337 {
4338 execute_control_command (cmd);
4339
4340 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4341 break;
4342 else
4343 cmd = cmd->next;
4344 }
4345
4346 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4347 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4348
4349 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4350 {
4351 if (target_can_async_p ())
4352 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4353 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4354 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4355 ;
4356 else
4357 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4358 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4359 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4360 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4361 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4362 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4363 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4364 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4365 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4366 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4367 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4368 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4369 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4370 again = 1;
4371 break;
4372 }
4373 }
4374 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4375 return again;
4376 }
4377
4378 void
4379 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4380 {
4381 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4382
4383 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4384 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4385 && target_has_execution
4386 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4387 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4388 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4389 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4390 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4391 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4392 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4393 break;
4394
4395 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4396 }
4397
4398 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4399
4400 static void
4401 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4402 {
4403 if (val == NULL)
4404 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4405 else
4406 {
4407 struct value_print_options opts;
4408 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4409 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4410 }
4411 }
4412
4413 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4414 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4415 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4416 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4417 normal_stop(). */
4418
4419 static enum print_stop_action
4420 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4421 {
4422 switch (bs->print_it)
4423 {
4424 case print_it_noop:
4425 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4426 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4427 break;
4428
4429 case print_it_done:
4430 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4431 relevant messages. */
4432 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4433 break;
4434
4435 case print_it_normal:
4436 {
4437 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4438
4439 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4440 which has since been deleted. */
4441 if (b == NULL)
4442 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4443
4444 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4445 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4446 }
4447 break;
4448
4449 default:
4450 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4451 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4452 break;
4453 }
4454 }
4455
4456 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4457
4458 static void
4459 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4460 {
4461 int any_deleted
4462 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4463 int any_added
4464 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4465
4466 if (!is_catchpoint)
4467 {
4468 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4469 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4470 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4471 else
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4473 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4474 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4475 }
4476
4477 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4478 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4479 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4480
4481 if (any_deleted)
4482 {
4483 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4484 char *name;
4485 int ix;
4486
4487 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4488 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4489 "removed");
4490 for (ix = 0;
4491 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4492 ix, name);
4493 ++ix)
4494 {
4495 if (ix > 0)
4496 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4497 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4498 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4499 }
4500
4501 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4502 }
4503
4504 if (any_added)
4505 {
4506 struct so_list *iter;
4507 int ix;
4508 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4509
4510 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4511 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4512 "added");
4513 for (ix = 0;
4514 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4515 ix, iter);
4516 ++ix)
4517 {
4518 if (ix > 0)
4519 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4520 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4521 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4522 }
4523
4524 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4525 }
4526 }
4527
4528 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4529 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4530 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4531 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4532 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4533 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4534 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4535 routine is one of:
4536
4537 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4538 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4539 code to print the location. An example is
4540 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4541 the location.
4542 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4543 to also print the location part of the message.
4544 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4545 don't require a location appended to the end.
4546 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4547 further info to be printed. */
4548
4549 enum print_stop_action
4550 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4551 {
4552 int val;
4553
4554 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4555 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4556 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4557 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4558 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4559 {
4560 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4561 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4562 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4563 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4564 return val;
4565 }
4566
4567 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4568 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4569 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4570 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4571 {
4572 print_solib_event (0);
4573 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4574 }
4575
4576 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4577 with and nothing was printed. */
4578 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4579 }
4580
4581 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4582 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4583 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4584 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4585
4586 static int
4587 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4588 {
4589 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4590 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4591
4592 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4593 return i;
4594 }
4595
4596 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4597
4598 static bpstat
4599 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4600 {
4601 bpstat bs;
4602
4603 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4604 bs->next = NULL;
4605 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4606 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4607 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4608 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4609 incref_bp_location (bl);
4610 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4611 bs->commands = NULL;
4612 bs->old_val = NULL;
4613 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4614 return bs;
4615 }
4616 \f
4617 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4618 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4619
4620 int
4621 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4622 {
4623 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4624 CORE_ADDR addr;
4625 struct breakpoint *b;
4626
4627 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4628 {
4629 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4630 as not triggered. */
4631 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4633 {
4634 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4635
4636 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4637 }
4638
4639 return 0;
4640 }
4641
4642 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4643 {
4644 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4645 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4646 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4647 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4648 {
4649 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4650
4651 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4652 }
4653
4654 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4655 }
4656
4657 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4658 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4659 triggered. */
4660
4661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4662 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4663 {
4664 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4665 struct bp_location *loc;
4666
4667 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4668 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4669 {
4670 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4671 {
4672 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4673 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4674
4675 if (newaddr == start)
4676 {
4677 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4678 break;
4679 }
4680 }
4681 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4682 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4683 addr, loc->address,
4684 loc->length))
4685 {
4686 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4687 break;
4688 }
4689 }
4690 }
4691
4692 return 1;
4693 }
4694
4695 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4696 because of check_errors). */
4697 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4698 #define WP_DELETED 1
4699 /* The value has changed. */
4700 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4701 /* The value has not changed. */
4702 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4703 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4704 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4705
4706 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4707 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4708
4709 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4710 changed.
4711
4712 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4713 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4714
4715 static int
4716 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4717 {
4718 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4719 struct watchpoint *b;
4720 struct frame_info *fr;
4721 int within_current_scope;
4722
4723 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4724 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4725 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4726
4727 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4728 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4729 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4730 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4731 return WP_IGNORE;
4732
4733 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4734 within_current_scope = 1;
4735 else
4736 {
4737 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4738 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4739 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4740
4741 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4742 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4743 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4744 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4745 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4746 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4747 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4748 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4749 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4750 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4751 return WP_IGNORE;
4752
4753 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4754 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4755
4756 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4757 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4758 if (within_current_scope)
4759 {
4760 struct symbol *function;
4761
4762 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4763 if (function == NULL
4764 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4765 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4766 within_current_scope = 0;
4767 }
4768
4769 if (within_current_scope)
4770 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4771 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4772 the user. */
4773 select_frame (fr);
4774 }
4775
4776 if (within_current_scope)
4777 {
4778 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4779 time before we return to the command level and call
4780 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4781 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4782
4783 int pc = 0;
4784 struct value *mark;
4785 struct value *new_val;
4786
4787 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4788 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4789 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4790 a mask watchpoint. */
4791 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4792
4793 mark = value_mark ();
4794 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4795
4796 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4797 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4798 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4799 not what we want. */
4800 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4801 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4802 {
4803 if (new_val != NULL)
4804 {
4805 release_value (new_val);
4806 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4807 }
4808 bs->old_val = b->val;
4809 b->val = new_val;
4810 b->val_valid = 1;
4811 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4812 }
4813 else
4814 {
4815 /* Nothing changed. */
4816 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4817 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4818 }
4819 }
4820 else
4821 {
4822 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4823
4824 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4825 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4826 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4827 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4828 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4829 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4830 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4831 the first value assigned). */
4832 /* We print all the stop information in
4833 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4834 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4835 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4836 here. */
4837 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4838 ui_out_field_string
4839 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4840 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4841 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4842 ui_out_text (uiout,
4843 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4844 which its expression is valid.\n");
4845
4846 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4847 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4848 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4849
4850 return WP_DELETED;
4851 }
4852 }
4853
4854 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4855 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4856 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4857
4858 static int
4859 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4860 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4861 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4862 {
4863 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4864
4865 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4866 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4867
4868 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4869 }
4870
4871 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4872 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4873
4874 static void
4875 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4876 {
4877 const struct bp_location *bl;
4878 struct watchpoint *b;
4879
4880 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4881 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4882 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4883 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4884 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4885
4886 {
4887 int must_check_value = 0;
4888
4889 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4890 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4891 watched value. */
4892 must_check_value = 1;
4893 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4894 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4895 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4896 this watchpoint. */
4897 must_check_value = 1;
4898 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4899 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4900 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4901 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4902 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4903 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4904 must_check_value = 1;
4905
4906 if (must_check_value)
4907 {
4908 char *message
4909 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4910 b->base.number);
4911 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4912 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4913 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4914 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4915 switch (e)
4916 {
4917 case WP_DELETED:
4918 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4919 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4920 /* Stop. */
4921 break;
4922 case WP_IGNORE:
4923 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4924 bs->stop = 0;
4925 break;
4926 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4927 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4928 {
4929 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4930
4931 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4932 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4933 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4934 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4935 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4936 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4937 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4938 old value.
4939
4940 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4941 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4942 happen:
4943
4944 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4945 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4946 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4947 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4948
4949 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4950 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4951 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4952 watchpoint.
4953
4954 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4955 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4956 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4957 changes. This still gives false positives when
4958 the program writes the same value to memory as
4959 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4960 it for a read), but it's much better than
4961 nothing. */
4962
4963 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4964
4965 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4966 {
4967 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4968
4969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4970 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4971 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4972 {
4973 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4974 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4975
4976 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4977 == watch_triggered_yes)
4978 {
4979 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4980 break;
4981 }
4982 }
4983 }
4984
4985 if (other_write_watchpoint
4986 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4987 {
4988 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4989 and the value changed since the last time we
4990 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4991 Ignore it. */
4992 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4993 bs->stop = 0;
4994 }
4995 }
4996 break;
4997 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4998 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4999 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5000 {
5001 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5002 the value hasn't changed. */
5003 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5004 bs->stop = 0;
5005 }
5006 /* Stop. */
5007 break;
5008 default:
5009 /* Can't happen. */
5010 case 0:
5011 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5012 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5013 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5014 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5015 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5016 break;
5017 }
5018 }
5019 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5020 {
5021 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5022 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5023 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5024 anything for this watchpoint. */
5025 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5026 bs->stop = 0;
5027 }
5028 }
5029 }
5030
5031
5032 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5033 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5034 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5035
5036 static void
5037 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5038 {
5039 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5040 const struct bp_location *bl;
5041 struct breakpoint *b;
5042
5043 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5044 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5045 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5046 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5047 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5048
5049 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5050 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5051 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5052
5053 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5054 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5055 bs->stop = 0;
5056 else if (bs->stop)
5057 {
5058 int value_is_zero = 0;
5059 struct expression *cond;
5060
5061 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5062 method implemented. */
5063 if (b->py_bp_object)
5064 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5065
5066 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5067 {
5068 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5069
5070 cond = w->cond_exp;
5071 }
5072 else
5073 cond = bl->cond;
5074
5075 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5076 {
5077 int within_current_scope = 1;
5078 struct watchpoint * w;
5079
5080 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5081 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5082 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5083 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5084 function call. */
5085 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5086
5087 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5088 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5089 else
5090 w = NULL;
5091
5092 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5093 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5094 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5095 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5096 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5097 call site. */
5098 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5099 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5100 else
5101 {
5102 struct frame_info *frame;
5103
5104 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5105 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5106 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5107 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5108 really matter which instantiation of the function
5109 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5110 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5111 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5112 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5113 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5114 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5115 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5116 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5117 intuitive. */
5118 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5119 if (frame != NULL)
5120 select_frame (frame);
5121 else
5122 within_current_scope = 0;
5123 }
5124 if (within_current_scope)
5125 value_is_zero
5126 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5127 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5128 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5129 else
5130 {
5131 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5132 "in the current scope"));
5133 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5134 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5135 value_is_zero = 0;
5136 }
5137 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5138 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5139 }
5140
5141 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5142 {
5143 bs->stop = 0;
5144 }
5145 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5146 {
5147 bs->stop = 0;
5148 }
5149 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5150 {
5151 b->ignore_count--;
5152 bs->stop = 0;
5153 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5154 ++(b->hit_count);
5155 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5156 }
5157 }
5158 }
5159
5160
5161 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5162 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5163
5164 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5165 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5166 that:
5167
5168 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5169
5170 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5171
5172 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5173 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5174 several reasons concurrently.)
5175
5176 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5177 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5178
5179 bpstat
5180 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5181 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5182 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5183 {
5184 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5185 struct bp_location *bl;
5186 struct bp_location *loc;
5187 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5188 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5189 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5190 bpstat bs;
5191 int ix;
5192 int need_remove_insert;
5193 int removed_any;
5194
5195 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5196 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5197 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5198 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5199 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5200 inferior function calls. */
5201
5202 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5203 {
5204 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5205 continue;
5206
5207 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5208 {
5209 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5210 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5211 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5212 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5213 checked all locations already. */
5214 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5215 break;
5216
5217 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5218 continue;
5219
5220 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5221 continue;
5222
5223 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5224 matches. */
5225
5226 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5227 explain stop. */
5228
5229 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5230 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5231 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5232 bs->stop = 1;
5233 bs->print = 1;
5234
5235 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5236 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5237 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5238 iteration. */
5239 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5240 {
5241 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5242
5243 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5244 }
5245 }
5246 }
5247
5248 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5249 {
5250 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5251 {
5252 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5253 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5254 bs->stop = 0;
5255 bs->print = 0;
5256 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5257 }
5258 }
5259
5260 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5261 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5262 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5263 "catch unload". */
5264 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5265 {
5266 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5267 {
5268 handle_solib_event ();
5269 break;
5270 }
5271 }
5272
5273 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5274 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5275 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5276
5277 removed_any = 0;
5278
5279 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5280 {
5281 if (!bs->stop)
5282 continue;
5283
5284 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5285 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5286 if (bs->stop)
5287 {
5288 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5289
5290 if (bs->stop)
5291 {
5292 ++(b->hit_count);
5293 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5294
5295 /* We will stop here. */
5296 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5297 {
5298 --(b->enable_count);
5299 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5300 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5301 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5302 removed_any = 1;
5303 }
5304 if (b->silent)
5305 bs->print = 0;
5306 bs->commands = b->commands;
5307 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5308 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5309 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5310 bs->print = 0;
5311
5312 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5313 }
5314
5315 }
5316
5317 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5318 print. */
5319 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5320 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5321 }
5322
5323 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5324 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5325 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5326 done later. */
5327 need_remove_insert = 0;
5328 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5329 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5330 if (!bs->stop
5331 && bs->breakpoint_at
5332 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5333 {
5334 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5335
5336 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5337 need_remove_insert = 1;
5338 }
5339
5340 if (need_remove_insert)
5341 update_global_location_list (1);
5342 else if (removed_any)
5343 update_global_location_list (0);
5344
5345 return bs_head;
5346 }
5347
5348 static void
5349 handle_jit_event (void)
5350 {
5351 struct frame_info *frame;
5352 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5353
5354 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5355 breakpoint_re_set. */
5356 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5357
5358 frame = get_current_frame ();
5359 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5360
5361 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5362
5363 target_terminal_inferior ();
5364 }
5365
5366 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5367
5368 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5369
5370 struct bpstat_what
5371 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5372 {
5373 struct bpstat_what retval;
5374 int jit_event = 0;
5375 bpstat bs;
5376
5377 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5378 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5379 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5380
5381 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5382 {
5383 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5384 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5385 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5386 enum bptype bptype;
5387
5388 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5389 {
5390 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5391 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5392 bptype = bp_none;
5393 }
5394 else
5395 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5396
5397 switch (bptype)
5398 {
5399 case bp_none:
5400 break;
5401 case bp_breakpoint:
5402 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5403 case bp_until:
5404 case bp_finish:
5405 case bp_shlib_event:
5406 if (bs->stop)
5407 {
5408 if (bs->print)
5409 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5410 else
5411 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5412 }
5413 else
5414 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5415 break;
5416 case bp_watchpoint:
5417 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5418 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5419 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5420 if (bs->stop)
5421 {
5422 if (bs->print)
5423 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5424 else
5425 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5426 }
5427 else
5428 {
5429 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5430 This requires no further action. */
5431 }
5432 break;
5433 case bp_longjmp:
5434 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5435 case bp_exception:
5436 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5437 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5438 break;
5439 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5440 case bp_exception_resume:
5441 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5442 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5443 break;
5444 case bp_step_resume:
5445 if (bs->stop)
5446 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5447 else
5448 {
5449 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5450 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5451 }
5452 break;
5453 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5454 if (bs->stop)
5455 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5456 else
5457 {
5458 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5459 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5460 }
5461 break;
5462 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5463 case bp_thread_event:
5464 case bp_overlay_event:
5465 case bp_longjmp_master:
5466 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5467 case bp_exception_master:
5468 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5469 break;
5470 case bp_catchpoint:
5471 if (bs->stop)
5472 {
5473 if (bs->print)
5474 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5475 else
5476 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5477 }
5478 else
5479 {
5480 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5481 This requires no further action. */
5482 }
5483 break;
5484 case bp_jit_event:
5485 jit_event = 1;
5486 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5487 break;
5488 case bp_call_dummy:
5489 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5490 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5491 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5492 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5493 break;
5494 case bp_std_terminate:
5495 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5496 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5497 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5498 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5499 break;
5500 case bp_tracepoint:
5501 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5502 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5503 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5504 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5505 out already. */
5506 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5507 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5508 break;
5509 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5510 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5511 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5512 break;
5513 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5514 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5515 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5516 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5517 break;
5518
5519 case bp_dprintf:
5520 if (bs->stop)
5521 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5522 else
5523 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5524 break;
5525
5526 default:
5527 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5528 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5529 }
5530
5531 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5532 }
5533
5534 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5535 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5536
5537 if (jit_event)
5538 {
5539 if (debug_infrun)
5540 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5541
5542 handle_jit_event ();
5543 }
5544
5545 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5546 {
5547 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5548
5549 if (b == NULL)
5550 continue;
5551 switch (b->type)
5552 {
5553 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5554 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5555 break;
5556 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5557 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5558 break;
5559 }
5560 }
5561
5562 return retval;
5563 }
5564
5565 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5566 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5567 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5568
5569 int
5570 bpstat_should_step (void)
5571 {
5572 struct breakpoint *b;
5573
5574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5575 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5576 return 1;
5577 return 0;
5578 }
5579
5580 int
5581 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5582 {
5583 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5584 if (bs->stop)
5585 return 1;
5586
5587 return 0;
5588 }
5589
5590 \f
5591
5592 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5593 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5594 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5595
5596 static char *
5597 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5598 {
5599 static char wrap_indent[80];
5600 int i, total_width, width, align;
5601 char *text;
5602
5603 total_width = 0;
5604 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5605 {
5606 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5607 {
5608 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5609 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5610 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5611
5612 return wrap_indent;
5613 }
5614
5615 total_width += width + 1;
5616 }
5617
5618 return NULL;
5619 }
5620
5621 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5622 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5623
5624 "host": Host evals condition.
5625 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5626 "target": Target evals condition.
5627 */
5628
5629 static const char *
5630 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5631 {
5632 struct bp_location *bl;
5633 char host_evals = 0;
5634 char target_evals = 0;
5635
5636 if (!b)
5637 return NULL;
5638
5639 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5640 return NULL;
5641
5642 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5643 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5644 return condition_evaluation_host;
5645
5646 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5647 {
5648 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5649 target_evals++;
5650 else
5651 host_evals++;
5652 }
5653
5654 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5655 return condition_evaluation_both;
5656 else if (target_evals)
5657 return condition_evaluation_target;
5658 else
5659 return condition_evaluation_host;
5660 }
5661
5662 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5663 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5664
5665 static const char *
5666 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5667 {
5668 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5669 return NULL;
5670
5671 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5672 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5673 return condition_evaluation_host;
5674
5675 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5676 return condition_evaluation_target;
5677 else
5678 return condition_evaluation_host;
5679 }
5680
5681 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5682
5683 static void
5684 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5685 struct bp_location *loc)
5686 {
5687 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5688 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5689
5690 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5691 loc = NULL;
5692
5693 if (loc != NULL)
5694 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5695
5696 if (b->display_canonical)
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5698 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5699 {
5700 struct symbol *sym
5701 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5702 if (sym)
5703 {
5704 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5705 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5706 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5707 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5708 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5709 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5710 }
5711 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5712 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5713 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5714
5715 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5717 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5718
5719 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5720 }
5721 else if (loc)
5722 {
5723 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5724 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5725
5726 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5727 demangle, "");
5728 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5729
5730 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5731 }
5732 else
5733 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5734
5735 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5736 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5737 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5738 {
5739 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5740 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5741 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5742 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5743 }
5744
5745 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5746 }
5747
5748 static const char *
5749 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5750 {
5751 struct ep_type_description
5752 {
5753 enum bptype type;
5754 char *description;
5755 };
5756 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5757 {
5758 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5759 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5760 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5761 {bp_until, "until"},
5762 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5763 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5767 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5769 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5770 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5771 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5772 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5773 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5774 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5775 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5776 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5777 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5778 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5779 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5780 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5781 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5782 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5783 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5784 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5786 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5787 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5788 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5790 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5791 };
5792
5793 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5794 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5795 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5796 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5797 (int) type);
5798
5799 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5800 }
5801
5802 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5803 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5804
5805 static void
5806 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5807 const char *field_name,
5808 VEC(int) *inf_num,
5809 int mi_only)
5810 {
5811 struct cleanup *back_to;
5812 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5813 int inf;
5814 int i;
5815
5816 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5817 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5818 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5819 return;
5820
5821 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
5822
5823 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5824 {
5825 if (is_mi)
5826 {
5827 char mi_group[10];
5828
5829 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5830 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5831 }
5832 else
5833 {
5834 if (i == 0)
5835 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5836 else
5837 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5838
5839 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5840 }
5841 }
5842
5843 do_cleanups (back_to);
5844 }
5845
5846 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5847
5848 static void
5849 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5850 struct bp_location *loc,
5851 int loc_number,
5852 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5853 int allflag)
5854 {
5855 struct command_line *l;
5856 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5857
5858 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5859 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5860 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5861 struct value_print_options opts;
5862
5863 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5864
5865 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5866 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5867 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5868 if (loc == NULL
5869 && (b->loc != NULL
5870 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5871 header_of_multiple = 1;
5872 if (loc == NULL)
5873 loc = b->loc;
5874
5875 annotate_record ();
5876
5877 /* 1 */
5878 annotate_field (0);
5879 if (part_of_multiple)
5880 {
5881 char *formatted;
5882 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5883 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5884 xfree (formatted);
5885 }
5886 else
5887 {
5888 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5889 }
5890
5891 /* 2 */
5892 annotate_field (1);
5893 if (part_of_multiple)
5894 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5895 else
5896 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5897
5898 /* 3 */
5899 annotate_field (2);
5900 if (part_of_multiple)
5901 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5902 else
5903 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5904
5905
5906 /* 4 */
5907 annotate_field (3);
5908 if (part_of_multiple)
5909 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5910 else
5911 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5912 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5913 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5914
5915
5916 /* 5 and 6 */
5917 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5918 {
5919 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5920 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5921 make sure there's just one location. */
5922 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5923 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5924 }
5925 else
5926 switch (b->type)
5927 {
5928 case bp_none:
5929 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5930 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5931 break;
5932
5933 case bp_watchpoint:
5934 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5935 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5936 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5937 {
5938 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5939
5940 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5941 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5942 is relatively readable). */
5943 if (opts.addressprint)
5944 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5945 annotate_field (5);
5946 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5947 }
5948 break;
5949
5950 case bp_breakpoint:
5951 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5952 case bp_until:
5953 case bp_finish:
5954 case bp_longjmp:
5955 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5956 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5957 case bp_exception:
5958 case bp_exception_resume:
5959 case bp_step_resume:
5960 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5961 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5962 case bp_call_dummy:
5963 case bp_std_terminate:
5964 case bp_shlib_event:
5965 case bp_thread_event:
5966 case bp_overlay_event:
5967 case bp_longjmp_master:
5968 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5969 case bp_exception_master:
5970 case bp_tracepoint:
5971 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5972 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5973 case bp_dprintf:
5974 case bp_jit_event:
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5977 if (opts.addressprint)
5978 {
5979 annotate_field (4);
5980 if (header_of_multiple)
5981 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5982 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5984 else
5985 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5986 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5987 }
5988 annotate_field (5);
5989 if (!header_of_multiple)
5990 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5991 if (b->loc)
5992 *last_loc = b->loc;
5993 break;
5994 }
5995
5996
5997 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
5998 {
5999 struct inferior *inf;
6000 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6001 int mi_only = 1;
6002
6003 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6004 {
6005 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6006 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6007 }
6008
6009 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6010 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6011 if (allflag
6012 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6013 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6014 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6015 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6016 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6017 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6018 mi_only = 0;
6019 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6020 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6021 }
6022
6023 if (!part_of_multiple)
6024 {
6025 if (b->thread != -1)
6026 {
6027 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6028 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6029 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6030 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6031 }
6032 else if (b->task != 0)
6033 {
6034 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6035 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6036 }
6037 }
6038
6039 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6040
6041 if (!part_of_multiple)
6042 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6043
6044 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6045 {
6046 annotate_field (6);
6047 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6048 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6049 the frame ID. */
6050 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6051 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6052 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6053 }
6054
6055 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6056 {
6057 annotate_field (7);
6058 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6059 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6060 else
6061 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6062 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6063
6064 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6065 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6066 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6067 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6068 == condition_evaluation_target)
6069 {
6070 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6071 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6072 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6073 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6074 }
6075 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6076 }
6077
6078 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6079 {
6080 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6081 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6082 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6083 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6084 }
6085
6086 if (!part_of_multiple)
6087 {
6088 if (b->hit_count)
6089 {
6090 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6091 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6092 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6093 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6094 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6095 else
6096 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6098 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6099 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6100 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6101 else
6102 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6103 }
6104 else
6105 {
6106 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6107 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6108 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6109 }
6110 }
6111
6112 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6113 {
6114 annotate_field (8);
6115 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6116 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6117 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6118 }
6119
6120 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6121 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6122 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6123 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6124 {
6125 annotate_field (8);
6126 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6127 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6128 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6129 if (b->ignore_count)
6130 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6131 else
6132 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6133 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6134 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6135 }
6136
6137 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6138 {
6139 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6140
6141 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6142 {
6143 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6144 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6145 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6146 }
6147 }
6148
6149 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6150 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6151 {
6152 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6153
6154 annotate_field (9);
6155 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6156 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6157 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6158 }
6159
6160 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6161 {
6162 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6163
6164 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6165 {
6166 annotate_field (10);
6167 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6168 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6169 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6170 }
6171
6172 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6173 pending. */
6174 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6175 {
6176 annotate_field (11);
6177
6178 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6179 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6180 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6181 else
6182 {
6183 if (loc->inserted)
6184 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6185 else
6186 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6187 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6188 }
6189 }
6190 }
6191
6192 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6193 {
6194 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6195 {
6196 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6197
6198 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6199 }
6200 else if (b->addr_string)
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6202 }
6203 }
6204
6205 static void
6206 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6207 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6208 int allflag)
6209 {
6210 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6211 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6212
6213 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6214
6215 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6216 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6217
6218 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6219 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6220 locations, if any. */
6221 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6222 {
6223 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6224 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6225 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6226 situation.
6227
6228 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6229 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6230 if (b->loc
6231 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6232 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6233 {
6234 struct bp_location *loc;
6235 int n = 1;
6236
6237 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6238 {
6239 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6240 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6241 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6242 do_cleanups (inner2);
6243 }
6244 }
6245 }
6246 }
6247
6248 static int
6249 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6250 {
6251 int print_address_bits = 0;
6252 struct bp_location *loc;
6253
6254 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6255 {
6256 int addr_bit;
6257
6258 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6259 an address to print. */
6260 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6261 continue;
6262
6263 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6264 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6265 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6266 }
6267
6268 return print_address_bits;
6269 }
6270
6271 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6272 {
6273 int bnum;
6274 };
6275
6276 static int
6277 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6278 {
6279 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6280 struct breakpoint *b;
6281 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6282
6283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6284 {
6285 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6286 {
6287 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6288 return GDB_RC_OK;
6289 }
6290 }
6291 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6292 }
6293
6294 enum gdb_rc
6295 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6296 char **error_message)
6297 {
6298 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6299
6300 args.bnum = bnum;
6301 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6302 an error. */
6303 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6304 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6305 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6306 else
6307 return GDB_RC_OK;
6308 }
6309
6310 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6311 internal or momentary. */
6312
6313 int
6314 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6315 {
6316 return b->number > 0;
6317 }
6318
6319 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6320 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6321 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6322 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6323 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6324 breakpoints listed. */
6325
6326 static int
6327 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6328 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6329 {
6330 struct breakpoint *b;
6331 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6332 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6333 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6334 struct value_print_options opts;
6335 int print_address_bits = 0;
6336 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6337 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6338
6339 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6340
6341 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6342 required for address fields. */
6343 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6344 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6345 {
6346 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6347 if (filter && !filter (b))
6348 continue;
6349
6350 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6351 accept. Skip the others. */
6352 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6353 {
6354 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6355 continue;
6356 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6357 continue;
6358 }
6359
6360 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6361 {
6362 int addr_bit, type_len;
6363
6364 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6365 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6366 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6367
6368 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6369 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6370 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6371
6372 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6373 }
6374 }
6375
6376 if (opts.addressprint)
6377 bkpttbl_chain
6378 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6379 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6380 "BreakpointTable");
6381 else
6382 bkpttbl_chain
6383 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6384 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6385 "BreakpointTable");
6386
6387 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6388 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6389 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6390 annotate_field (0);
6391 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6392 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6393 annotate_field (1);
6394 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6395 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6396 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6397 annotate_field (2);
6398 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6399 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6400 annotate_field (3);
6401 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6402 if (opts.addressprint)
6403 {
6404 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6405 annotate_field (4);
6406 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6407 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6408 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6409 else
6410 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6411 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6412 }
6413 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6414 annotate_field (5);
6415 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6416 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6417 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6418 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6419
6420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6421 {
6422 QUIT;
6423 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6424 if (filter && !filter (b))
6425 continue;
6426
6427 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6428 accept. Skip the others. */
6429
6430 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6431 {
6432 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6433 {
6434 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6435 continue;
6436 }
6437 else /* all others */
6438 {
6439 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6440 continue;
6441 }
6442 }
6443 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6444 allflag is set. */
6445 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6446 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6447 }
6448
6449 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6450
6451 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6452 {
6453 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6454 empty list. */
6455 if (!filter)
6456 {
6457 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6458 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6459 else
6460 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6461 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6462 args);
6463 }
6464 }
6465 else
6466 {
6467 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6468 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6469 }
6470
6471 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6472 there have been breakpoints? */
6473 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6474
6475 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6476 }
6477
6478 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6479 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6480
6481 static void
6482 default_collect_info (void)
6483 {
6484 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6485
6486 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6487 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6488 not wanted. */
6489 if (!*default_collect)
6490 return;
6491
6492 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6493 actions. */
6494 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6495 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6496 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6497 }
6498
6499 static void
6500 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6501 {
6502 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6503
6504 default_collect_info ();
6505 }
6506
6507 static void
6508 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6509 {
6510 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6511 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6512
6513 if (num_printed == 0)
6514 {
6515 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6516 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6517 else
6518 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6519 }
6520 }
6521
6522 static void
6523 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6524 {
6525 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6526
6527 default_collect_info ();
6528 }
6529
6530 static int
6531 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6532 struct program_space *pspace,
6533 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6534 {
6535 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6536
6537 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6538 {
6539 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6540 && bl->address == pc
6541 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6542 return 1;
6543 }
6544 return 0;
6545 }
6546
6547 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6548 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6549 address spaces. */
6550
6551 static void
6552 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6553 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6554 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6555 {
6556 int others = 0;
6557 struct breakpoint *b;
6558
6559 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6560 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6561 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6562 if (others > 0)
6563 {
6564 if (others == 1)
6565 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6566 else /* if (others == ???) */
6567 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6568 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6569 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6570 {
6571 others--;
6572 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6573 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6574 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6575 else if (b->thread != -1)
6576 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6577 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6578 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6579 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6580 ? " (disabled)"
6581 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6582 ? " (permanent)"
6583 : ""),
6584 (others > 1) ? ","
6585 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6586 }
6587 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6588 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6589 printf_filtered (".\n");
6590 }
6591 }
6592 \f
6593
6594 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6595 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6596 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6597 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6598
6599 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6600 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6601 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6602 breakpoint at address zero:
6603
6604 bp_watchpoint
6605 bp_catchpoint
6606
6607 */
6608
6609 static int
6610 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6611 {
6612 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6613
6614 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6615 }
6616
6617 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6618 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6619
6620 static int
6621 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6622 struct bp_location *loc2)
6623 {
6624 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6625 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6626
6627 /* Both of them must exist. */
6628 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6629 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6630
6631 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6632 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6633 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6634 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6635 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6636 other watchpoint. */
6637 if ((w1->cond_exp
6638 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6639 loc1->length,
6640 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6641 w1->cond_exp))
6642 || (w2->cond_exp
6643 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6644 loc2->length,
6645 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6646 w2->cond_exp)))
6647 return 0;
6648
6649 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6650 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6651 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6652 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6653 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6654 become hw_access locations later. */
6655 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6656 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6657 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6658 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6659 }
6660
6661 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6662 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6663 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6664 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6665
6666 static int
6667 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6668 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6669 {
6670 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6671 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6672 && addr1 == addr2);
6673 }
6674
6675 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6676 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6677 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6678 space doesn't really matter. */
6679
6680 static int
6681 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6682 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6683 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6684 {
6685 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6686 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6687 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6688 }
6689
6690 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6691 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6692 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6693 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6694
6695 static int
6696 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6697 struct address_space *aspace,
6698 CORE_ADDR addr)
6699 {
6700 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6701 aspace, addr)
6702 || (bl->length
6703 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6704 bl->address, bl->length,
6705 aspace, addr)));
6706 }
6707
6708 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6709 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6710 true, otherwise returns false. */
6711
6712 static int
6713 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6714 struct bp_location *loc2)
6715 {
6716 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6717 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6718 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6719 different locations. */
6720 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6721 else
6722 return 0;
6723 }
6724
6725 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6726 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6727 represent the same location. */
6728
6729 static int
6730 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6731 struct bp_location *loc2)
6732 {
6733 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6734
6735 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6736 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6737 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6738
6739 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6740 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6741
6742 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6743 return 0;
6744 else if (hw_point1)
6745 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6746 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6747 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6748 else
6749 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6750 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6751 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6752 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6753 }
6754
6755 static void
6756 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6757 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6758 {
6759 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6760 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6761 char astr1[64];
6762 char astr2[64];
6763
6764 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6765 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6766 if (have_bnum)
6767 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6768 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6769 else
6770 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6771 }
6772
6773 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6774 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6775 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6776 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6777
6778 static CORE_ADDR
6779 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6780 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6781 {
6782 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6783 {
6784 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6785 return bpaddr;
6786 }
6787 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6788 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6789 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6790 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6791 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6792 {
6793 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6794 have their addresses modified. */
6795 return bpaddr;
6796 }
6797 else
6798 {
6799 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6800
6801 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6802 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6803 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6804
6805 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6806 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6807 is required. */
6808 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6809 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6810
6811 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6812 }
6813 }
6814
6815 void
6816 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6817 struct breakpoint *owner)
6818 {
6819 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6820
6821 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6822
6823 loc->ops = ops;
6824 loc->owner = owner;
6825 loc->cond = NULL;
6826 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6827 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6828 loc->enabled = 1;
6829
6830 switch (owner->type)
6831 {
6832 case bp_breakpoint:
6833 case bp_until:
6834 case bp_finish:
6835 case bp_longjmp:
6836 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6837 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6838 case bp_exception:
6839 case bp_exception_resume:
6840 case bp_step_resume:
6841 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6842 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6843 case bp_call_dummy:
6844 case bp_std_terminate:
6845 case bp_shlib_event:
6846 case bp_thread_event:
6847 case bp_overlay_event:
6848 case bp_jit_event:
6849 case bp_longjmp_master:
6850 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6851 case bp_exception_master:
6852 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6854 case bp_dprintf:
6855 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6856 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6857 break;
6858 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6859 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6860 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6861 break;
6862 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6863 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6864 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6865 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6866 break;
6867 case bp_watchpoint:
6868 case bp_catchpoint:
6869 case bp_tracepoint:
6870 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6871 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6872 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6873 break;
6874 default:
6875 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6876 }
6877
6878 loc->refc = 1;
6879 }
6880
6881 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6882
6883 static struct bp_location *
6884 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6885 {
6886 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6887 }
6888
6889 static void
6890 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6891 {
6892 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6893 xfree (loc);
6894 }
6895
6896 /* Increment reference count. */
6897
6898 static void
6899 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6900 {
6901 ++bl->refc;
6902 }
6903
6904 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6905 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6906
6907 static void
6908 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6909 {
6910 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6911
6912 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6913 free_bp_location (*blp);
6914 *blp = NULL;
6915 }
6916
6917 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6918
6919 static void
6920 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6921 {
6922 struct breakpoint *b1;
6923
6924 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6925 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6926
6927 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6928 if (b1 == 0)
6929 breakpoint_chain = b;
6930 else
6931 {
6932 while (b1->next)
6933 b1 = b1->next;
6934 b1->next = b;
6935 }
6936 }
6937
6938 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6939
6940 static void
6941 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6942 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6943 enum bptype bptype,
6944 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6945 {
6946 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6947
6948 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6949
6950 b->ops = ops;
6951 b->type = bptype;
6952 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6953 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6954 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6955 b->thread = -1;
6956 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6957 b->next = 0;
6958 b->silent = 0;
6959 b->ignore_count = 0;
6960 b->commands = NULL;
6961 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6962 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6963 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6964 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6965 }
6966
6967 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6968 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6969
6970 static struct breakpoint *
6971 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6972 enum bptype bptype,
6973 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6974 {
6975 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6976
6977 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6978 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6979 return b;
6980 }
6981
6982 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6983 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6984 enough. */
6985
6986 static void
6987 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6988 {
6989 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6990
6991 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6992 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6993 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6994 {
6995 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6996 const char *function_name;
6997 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6998
6999 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7000 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7001
7002 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7003 {
7004 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7005
7006 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7007 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7008 &loc->requested_address))
7009 {
7010 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7011 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7012 loc->requested_address,
7013 b->type);
7014 }
7015 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7016 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7017 {
7018 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7019 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7020 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7021 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7022 breakpoint. */
7023 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7024 }
7025 }
7026
7027 if (function_name)
7028 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7029 }
7030 }
7031
7032 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7033 struct gdbarch *
7034 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7035 {
7036 if (sal.section)
7037 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7038 if (sal.symtab)
7039 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7040
7041 return NULL;
7042 }
7043
7044 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7045 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7046 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7047
7048 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7049 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7050 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7051
7052 static void
7053 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7054 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7055 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7056 {
7057 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7058
7059 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7060
7061 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7062 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7063
7064 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7065 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7066 program space. */
7067 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7068 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7069 }
7070
7071 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7072 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7073 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7074 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7075 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7076 is also returned as the value of this function.
7077
7078 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7079 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7080 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7081 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7082 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7083 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7084 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7085
7086 struct breakpoint *
7087 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7088 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7089 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7090 {
7091 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7092
7093 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7094 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7095 return b;
7096 }
7097
7098
7099 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7100 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7101 void
7102 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7103 {
7104 struct bp_location *bl;
7105
7106 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7107
7108 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7109 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7110 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7111 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7112 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7113 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7114 bl->inserted = 1;
7115 }
7116
7117 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7118 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7119 initiated the operation. */
7120
7121 void
7122 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7123 {
7124 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7125 int thread = tp->num;
7126
7127 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7128 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7129 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7130 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7131 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7132 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7133 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7134 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7135 {
7136 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7137 struct breakpoint *clone;
7138
7139 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7140 after their removal. */
7141 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7142 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7143 clone->thread = thread;
7144 }
7145
7146 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7147 }
7148
7149 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7150 void
7151 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7152 {
7153 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7154
7155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7156 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7157 {
7158 if (b->thread == thread)
7159 delete_breakpoint (b);
7160 }
7161 }
7162
7163 void
7164 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7165 {
7166 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7167
7168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7169 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7170 {
7171 if (b->thread == thread)
7172 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7173 }
7174 }
7175
7176 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7177 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7178 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7179 breakpoints. */
7180
7181 struct breakpoint *
7182 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7183 {
7184 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7185
7186 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7187 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7188 {
7189 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7190
7191 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7192 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7193 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7194
7195 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7196
7197 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7198 if (retval == NULL)
7199 retval = new_b;
7200 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7201 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7202 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7203 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7204 }
7205
7206 return retval;
7207 }
7208
7209 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7210 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7211 stack.
7212
7213 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7214 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7215 frames. */
7216
7217 void
7218 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7219 {
7220 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7221
7222 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7223 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7224 {
7225 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7226
7227 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7228 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7229 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7230 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7231 continue;
7232
7233 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7234
7235 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7236 {
7237 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7238 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7239 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7240 }
7241 delete_breakpoint (b);
7242 }
7243 }
7244
7245 void
7246 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7247 {
7248 struct breakpoint *b;
7249
7250 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7251 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7252 {
7253 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7254 update_global_location_list (1);
7255 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7256 }
7257 }
7258
7259 void
7260 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7261 {
7262 struct breakpoint *b;
7263
7264 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7265 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7266 {
7267 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7268 update_global_location_list (0);
7269 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7270 }
7271 }
7272
7273 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7274 master breakpoint. */
7275 void
7276 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7277 {
7278 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7279
7280 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7281 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7282 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7283 {
7284 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7285 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7286 }
7287 }
7288
7289 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7290 void
7291 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7292 {
7293 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7294
7295 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7296 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7297 delete_breakpoint (b);
7298 }
7299
7300 struct breakpoint *
7301 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7302 {
7303 struct breakpoint *b;
7304
7305 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7306 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7307
7308 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7309 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7310 b->addr_string
7311 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7312
7313 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7314
7315 return b;
7316 }
7317
7318 void
7319 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7320 {
7321 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7322
7323 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7324 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7325 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7326 delete_breakpoint (b);
7327 }
7328
7329 struct lang_and_radix
7330 {
7331 enum language lang;
7332 int radix;
7333 };
7334
7335 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7336
7337 struct breakpoint *
7338 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7339 {
7340 struct breakpoint *b;
7341
7342 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7343 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7344 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7345 return b;
7346 }
7347
7348 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7349
7350 void
7351 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7352 {
7353 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7354
7355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7356 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7357 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7358 delete_breakpoint (b);
7359 }
7360
7361 void
7362 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7363 {
7364 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7365
7366 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7367 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7368 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7369 delete_breakpoint (b);
7370 }
7371
7372 struct breakpoint *
7373 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7374 {
7375 struct breakpoint *b;
7376
7377 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7378 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7379 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7380 return b;
7381 }
7382
7383 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7384 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7385
7386 void
7387 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7388 {
7389 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7390
7391 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7392 {
7393 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7394 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7395
7396 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7397 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7398 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7399 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7400 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7401 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7402 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7403 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7404 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7405 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7406 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7407 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7408 )
7409 {
7410 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7411 }
7412 }
7413 }
7414
7415 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7416 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7417 disabled. */
7418
7419 static void
7420 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7421 {
7422 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7423 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7424
7425 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7426 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7427 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7428 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7429 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7430 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7431 return;
7432
7433 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7434 {
7435 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7436 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7437
7438 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7439 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7440 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7441 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7442 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7443 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7444 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7445 || is_tracepoint (b))
7446 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7447 {
7448 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7449 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7450 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7451 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7452 loc->inserted = 0;
7453
7454 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7455 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7456
7457 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7458 {
7459 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7460 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7461 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7462 solib->so_name);
7463 }
7464 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7465 }
7466 }
7467 }
7468
7469 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7470
7471 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7472 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7473 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7474 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7475 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7476
7477 struct fork_catchpoint
7478 {
7479 /* The base class. */
7480 struct breakpoint base;
7481
7482 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7483 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7484 catchpoint has triggered. */
7485 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7486 };
7487
7488 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7489 catchpoints. */
7490
7491 static int
7492 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7493 {
7494 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7495 }
7496
7497 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7498 catchpoints. */
7499
7500 static int
7501 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7502 {
7503 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7504 }
7505
7506 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7507 catchpoints. */
7508
7509 static int
7510 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7511 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7512 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7513 {
7514 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7515
7516 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7517 return 0;
7518
7519 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7520 return 1;
7521 }
7522
7523 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7524 catchpoints. */
7525
7526 static enum print_stop_action
7527 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7528 {
7529 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7530 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7531 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7532
7533 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7534 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7535 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7536 else
7537 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7538 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7539 {
7540 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7541 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7542 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7543 }
7544 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7545 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7546 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7547 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7548 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7549 }
7550
7551 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7552 catchpoints. */
7553
7554 static void
7555 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7556 {
7557 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7558 struct value_print_options opts;
7559 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7560
7561 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7562
7563 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7564 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7565 readable). */
7566 if (opts.addressprint)
7567 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7568 annotate_field (5);
7569 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7570 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7571 {
7572 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7573 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7574 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7575 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7576 }
7577
7578 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7579 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7580 }
7581
7582 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7583 catchpoints. */
7584
7585 static void
7586 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7587 {
7588 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7589 }
7590
7591 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7592 catchpoints. */
7593
7594 static void
7595 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7596 {
7597 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7598 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7599 }
7600
7601 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7602
7603 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7604
7605 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7606 catchpoints. */
7607
7608 static int
7609 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7610 {
7611 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7612 }
7613
7614 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7615 catchpoints. */
7616
7617 static int
7618 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7619 {
7620 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7621 }
7622
7623 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7624 catchpoints. */
7625
7626 static int
7627 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7628 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7629 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7630 {
7631 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7632
7633 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7634 return 0;
7635
7636 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7637 return 1;
7638 }
7639
7640 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7641 catchpoints. */
7642
7643 static enum print_stop_action
7644 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7645 {
7646 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7647 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7648 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7649
7650 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7651 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7652 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7653 else
7654 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7655 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7656 {
7657 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7658 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7659 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7660 }
7661 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7662 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7663 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7664 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7665 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7666 }
7667
7668 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7669 catchpoints. */
7670
7671 static void
7672 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7673 {
7674 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7675 struct value_print_options opts;
7676 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7677
7678 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7679 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7680 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7681 readable). */
7682 if (opts.addressprint)
7683 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7684 annotate_field (5);
7685 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7686 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7687 {
7688 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7689 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7690 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7691 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7692 }
7693
7694 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7695 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7696 }
7697
7698 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7699 catchpoints. */
7700
7701 static void
7702 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7703 {
7704 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7705 }
7706
7707 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7708 catchpoints. */
7709
7710 static void
7711 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7712 {
7713 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7714 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7715 }
7716
7717 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7718
7719 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7720
7721 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7722 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7723 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7724 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7725 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7726
7727 struct solib_catchpoint
7728 {
7729 /* The base class. */
7730 struct breakpoint base;
7731
7732 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7733 unsigned char is_load;
7734
7735 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7736 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7737 char *regex;
7738 regex_t compiled;
7739 };
7740
7741 static void
7742 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7743 {
7744 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7745
7746 if (self->regex)
7747 regfree (&self->compiled);
7748 xfree (self->regex);
7749
7750 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7751 }
7752
7753 static int
7754 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7755 {
7756 return 0;
7757 }
7758
7759 static int
7760 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7761 {
7762 return 0;
7763 }
7764
7765 static int
7766 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7767 struct address_space *aspace,
7768 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7769 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7770 {
7771 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7772 struct breakpoint *other;
7773
7774 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7775 return 1;
7776
7777 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7778 {
7779 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7780
7781 if (other == bl->owner)
7782 continue;
7783
7784 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7785 continue;
7786
7787 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7788 continue;
7789
7790 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7791 {
7792 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7793 return 1;
7794 }
7795 }
7796
7797 return 0;
7798 }
7799
7800 static void
7801 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7802 {
7803 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7804 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7805 int ix;
7806
7807 if (self->is_load)
7808 {
7809 struct so_list *iter;
7810
7811 for (ix = 0;
7812 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7813 ix, iter);
7814 ++ix)
7815 {
7816 if (!self->regex
7817 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7818 return;
7819 }
7820 }
7821 else
7822 {
7823 char *iter;
7824
7825 for (ix = 0;
7826 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7827 ix, iter);
7828 ++ix)
7829 {
7830 if (!self->regex
7831 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7832 return;
7833 }
7834 }
7835
7836 bs->stop = 0;
7837 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7838 }
7839
7840 static enum print_stop_action
7841 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7842 {
7843 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7844 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7845
7846 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7847 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7848 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7849 else
7850 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7851 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7852 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7853 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7854 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7855 print_solib_event (1);
7856 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7857 }
7858
7859 static void
7860 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7861 {
7862 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7863 struct value_print_options opts;
7864 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7865 char *msg;
7866
7867 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7868 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7869 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7870 readable). */
7871 if (opts.addressprint)
7872 {
7873 annotate_field (4);
7874 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7875 }
7876
7877 annotate_field (5);
7878 if (self->is_load)
7879 {
7880 if (self->regex)
7881 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7882 else
7883 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7884 }
7885 else
7886 {
7887 if (self->regex)
7888 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7889 else
7890 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7891 }
7892 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7893 xfree (msg);
7894
7895 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7896 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7897 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7898 }
7899
7900 static void
7901 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7902 {
7903 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7904
7905 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7906 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7907 }
7908
7909 static void
7910 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7911 {
7912 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7913
7914 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7915 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7916 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7917 if (self->regex)
7918 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7920 }
7921
7922 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7923
7924 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7925 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7926 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7927 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7928 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7929 created in an enabled state. */
7930
7931 void
7932 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7933 {
7934 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7935 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7936 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7937
7938 if (!arg)
7939 arg = "";
7940 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7941
7942 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7943 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7944
7945 if (*arg != '\0')
7946 {
7947 int errcode;
7948
7949 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7950 if (errcode != 0)
7951 {
7952 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7953
7954 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7955 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7956 }
7957 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7958 }
7959
7960 c->is_load = is_load;
7961 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7962 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7963
7964 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7965
7966 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7967 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7968 }
7969
7970 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7971 "catch unload". */
7972
7973 static void
7974 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7975 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7976 {
7977 int tempflag;
7978 const int enabled = 1;
7979
7980 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7981
7982 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7983 }
7984
7985 static void
7986 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7987 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7988 {
7989 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7990 }
7991
7992 static void
7993 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7994 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7995 {
7996 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7997 }
7998
7999 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8000 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8001 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8002 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8003 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8004
8005 struct syscall_catchpoint
8006 {
8007 /* The base class. */
8008 struct breakpoint base;
8009
8010 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8011 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8012 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8013 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8014 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8015 };
8016
8017 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8018 catchpoints. */
8019
8020 static void
8021 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8022 {
8023 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8024
8025 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8026
8027 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8028 }
8029
8030 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8031
8032 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8033 {
8034 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8035 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8036 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8037
8038 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8039 int any_syscall_count;
8040
8041 /* Count of each system call. */
8042 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8043
8044 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8045 if any catching is necessary. */
8046 int total_syscalls_count;
8047 };
8048
8049 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8050 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8051 {
8052 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8053
8054 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8055 if (inf_data == NULL)
8056 {
8057 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8058 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8059 }
8060
8061 return inf_data;
8062 }
8063
8064 static void
8065 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8066 {
8067 xfree (arg);
8068 }
8069
8070
8071 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8072 catchpoints. */
8073
8074 static int
8075 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8076 {
8077 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8078 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8079 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8080 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8081
8082 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8083 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8084 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8085 else
8086 {
8087 int i, iter;
8088
8089 for (i = 0;
8090 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8091 i++)
8092 {
8093 int elem;
8094
8095 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8096 {
8097 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8098 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8099 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8100 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8101 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8102 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8103 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8104 + vec_addr_offset);
8105 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8106 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8107 }
8108 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8109 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8110 }
8111 }
8112
8113 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8114 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8115 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8116 VEC_length (int,
8117 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8118 VEC_address (int,
8119 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8120 }
8121
8122 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8123 catchpoints. */
8124
8125 static int
8126 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8127 {
8128 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8129 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8130 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8131 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8132
8133 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8134 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8135 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8136 else
8137 {
8138 int i, iter;
8139
8140 for (i = 0;
8141 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8142 i++)
8143 {
8144 int elem;
8145 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8146 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8147 continue;
8148 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8149 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8150 }
8151 }
8152
8153 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8154 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8155 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8156 VEC_length (int,
8157 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8158 VEC_address (int,
8159 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8160 }
8161
8162 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8163 catchpoints. */
8164
8165 static int
8166 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8167 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8168 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8169 {
8170 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8171 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8172 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8173 int syscall_number = 0;
8174 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8175 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8176
8177 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8178 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8179 return 0;
8180
8181 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8182
8183 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8184 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8185 {
8186 int i, iter;
8187
8188 for (i = 0;
8189 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8190 i++)
8191 if (syscall_number == iter)
8192 break;
8193 /* Not the same. */
8194 if (!iter)
8195 return 0;
8196 }
8197
8198 return 1;
8199 }
8200
8201 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8202 catchpoints. */
8203
8204 static enum print_stop_action
8205 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8206 {
8207 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8208 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8209 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8210 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8211 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8212 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8213 ptid_t ptid;
8214 struct target_waitstatus last;
8215 struct syscall s;
8216
8217 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8218
8219 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8220
8221 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8222
8223 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8224 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8225 else
8226 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8227 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8228 {
8229 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8230 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8231 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8232 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8233 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8234 }
8235 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8236
8237 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8238 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8239 else
8240 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8241
8242 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8243 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8244 if (s.name != NULL)
8245 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8246
8247 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8248
8249 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8250 }
8251
8252 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8253 catchpoints. */
8254
8255 static void
8256 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8257 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8258 {
8259 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8260 struct value_print_options opts;
8261 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8262
8263 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8264 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8265 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8266 readable). */
8267 if (opts.addressprint)
8268 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8269 annotate_field (5);
8270
8271 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8272 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8273 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8274 else
8275 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8276
8277 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8278 {
8279 int i, iter;
8280 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8281
8282 for (i = 0;
8283 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8284 i++)
8285 {
8286 char *x = text;
8287 struct syscall s;
8288 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8289
8290 if (s.name != NULL)
8291 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8292 else
8293 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8294
8295 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8296 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8297 on every call. */
8298 xfree (x);
8299 }
8300 /* Remove the last comma. */
8301 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8302 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8303 }
8304 else
8305 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8306 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8307
8308 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8309 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8310 }
8311
8312 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8313 catchpoints. */
8314
8315 static void
8316 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8317 {
8318 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8319
8320 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8321 {
8322 int i, iter;
8323
8324 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8325 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8326 else
8327 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8328
8329 for (i = 0;
8330 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8331 i++)
8332 {
8333 struct syscall s;
8334 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8335
8336 if (s.name)
8337 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8338 else
8339 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8340 }
8341 printf_filtered (")");
8342 }
8343 else
8344 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8345 b->number);
8346 }
8347
8348 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8349 catchpoints. */
8350
8351 static void
8352 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8353 {
8354 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8355
8356 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8357
8358 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8359 {
8360 int i, iter;
8361
8362 for (i = 0;
8363 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8364 i++)
8365 {
8366 struct syscall s;
8367
8368 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8369 if (s.name)
8370 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8371 else
8372 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8373 }
8374 }
8375 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8376 }
8377
8378 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8379
8380 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8381
8382 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8383
8384 static int
8385 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8386 {
8387 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8388 }
8389
8390 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8391 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8392 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8393 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8394
8395 void
8396 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8397 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8398 char *cond_string,
8399 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8400 {
8401 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8402
8403 init_sal (&sal);
8404 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8405
8406 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8407
8408 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8409 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8410 }
8411
8412 void
8413 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8414 {
8415 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8416 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8417 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8418 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8419 if (!internal)
8420 mention (b);
8421 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8422
8423 if (update_gll)
8424 update_global_location_list (1);
8425 }
8426
8427 static void
8428 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8429 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8430 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8431 {
8432 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8433
8434 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8435
8436 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8437
8438 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8439 }
8440
8441 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8442
8443 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8444 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8445 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8446 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8447 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8448
8449 struct exec_catchpoint
8450 {
8451 /* The base class. */
8452 struct breakpoint base;
8453
8454 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8455 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8456 triggered. */
8457 char *exec_pathname;
8458 };
8459
8460 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8461 catchpoints. */
8462
8463 static void
8464 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8465 {
8466 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8467
8468 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8469
8470 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8471 }
8472
8473 static int
8474 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8475 {
8476 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8477 }
8478
8479 static int
8480 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8481 {
8482 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8483 }
8484
8485 static int
8486 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8487 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8488 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8489 {
8490 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8491
8492 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8493 return 0;
8494
8495 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8496 return 1;
8497 }
8498
8499 static enum print_stop_action
8500 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8501 {
8502 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8503 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8504 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8505
8506 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8507 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8509 else
8510 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8511 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8512 {
8513 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8514 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8515 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8516 }
8517 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8518 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8519 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8520 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8521
8522 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8523 }
8524
8525 static void
8526 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8527 {
8528 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8529 struct value_print_options opts;
8530 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8531
8532 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8533
8534 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8535 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8536 is relatively readable). */
8537 if (opts.addressprint)
8538 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8539 annotate_field (5);
8540 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8541 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8542 {
8543 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8544 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8545 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8546 }
8547
8548 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8549 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8550 }
8551
8552 static void
8553 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8554 {
8555 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8556 }
8557
8558 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8559 catchpoints. */
8560
8561 static void
8562 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8563 {
8564 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8565 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8566 }
8567
8568 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8569
8570 static void
8571 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8572 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8573 {
8574 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8575 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8576
8577 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8578 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8579 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8580
8581 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8582 }
8583
8584 static int
8585 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8586 {
8587 int i = 0;
8588 struct breakpoint *b;
8589 struct bp_location *bl;
8590
8591 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8592 {
8593 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8594 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8595 {
8596 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8597 one register. */
8598 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8599 }
8600 }
8601
8602 return i;
8603 }
8604
8605 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8606 watchpoint. */
8607
8608 static int
8609 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8610 {
8611 int i = 0;
8612 struct bp_location *bl;
8613
8614 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8615 return 0;
8616
8617 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8618 {
8619 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8620 one register. */
8621 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8622 }
8623
8624 return i;
8625 }
8626
8627 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8628 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8629 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8630 types _not_ TYPE. */
8631
8632 static int
8633 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8634 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8635 {
8636 int i = 0;
8637 struct breakpoint *b;
8638
8639 *other_type_used = 0;
8640 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8641 {
8642 if (b == except)
8643 continue;
8644 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8645 continue;
8646
8647 if (b->type == type)
8648 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8649 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8650 *other_type_used = 1;
8651 }
8652
8653 return i;
8654 }
8655
8656 void
8657 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8658 {
8659 struct breakpoint *b;
8660
8661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8662 {
8663 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8664 {
8665 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8666 update_global_location_list (0);
8667 }
8668 }
8669 }
8670
8671 void
8672 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8673 {
8674 struct breakpoint *b;
8675
8676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8677 {
8678 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8679 {
8680 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8681 update_global_location_list (1);
8682 }
8683 }
8684 }
8685
8686 void
8687 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8688 {
8689 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8690 update_global_location_list (0);
8691 }
8692
8693 void
8694 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8695 {
8696 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8697 breakpoint_re_set ();
8698 }
8699
8700
8701 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8702 at address specified by SAL.
8703 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8704
8705 struct breakpoint *
8706 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8707 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8708 {
8709 struct breakpoint *b;
8710
8711 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8712 tail-called one. */
8713 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8714
8715 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8716 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8717 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8718 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8719
8720 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8721 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8722 control. */
8723 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8724 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8725
8726 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8727
8728 return b;
8729 }
8730
8731 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8732 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8733 breakpoint_ops. */
8734
8735 static struct breakpoint *
8736 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8737 enum bptype type,
8738 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8739 {
8740 struct breakpoint *copy;
8741
8742 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8743 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8744 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8745
8746 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8747 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8748 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8749 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8750 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8751 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8752 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8753 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8754 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8755 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8756 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8757
8758 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8759 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8760 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8761
8762 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8763 return copy;
8764 }
8765
8766 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8767 ORIG is NULL. */
8768
8769 struct breakpoint *
8770 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8771 {
8772 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8773 if (orig == NULL)
8774 return NULL;
8775
8776 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8777 }
8778
8779 struct breakpoint *
8780 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8781 enum bptype type)
8782 {
8783 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8784
8785 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8786 sal.pc = pc;
8787 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8788 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8789
8790 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8791 }
8792 \f
8793
8794 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8795
8796 static void
8797 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8798 {
8799 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8800 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8801 return;
8802 printf_filtered ("\n");
8803 }
8804 \f
8805
8806 static struct bp_location *
8807 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8808 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8809 {
8810 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8811 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8812 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8813
8814 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8815 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8816
8817 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8818 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8819 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8820 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8821 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8822 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8823 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8824 sal->pc, b->type);
8825
8826 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8827 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8828 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8829 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8830 ;
8831 loc->next = *tmp;
8832 *tmp = loc;
8833
8834 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8835 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8836 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8837 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8838 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8839 loc->section = sal->section;
8840 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8841 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8842 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8843
8844 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8845 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8846 return loc;
8847 }
8848 \f
8849
8850 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8851 return 0 otherwise. */
8852
8853 static int
8854 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8855 {
8856 int len;
8857 CORE_ADDR addr;
8858 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8859 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8860 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8861 int retval = 0;
8862
8863 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8864
8865 addr = loc->address;
8866 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8867
8868 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8869 if (bpoint == NULL)
8870 return 0;
8871
8872 target_mem = alloca (len);
8873
8874 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8875 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8876 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8877 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8878
8879 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8880 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8881
8882 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8883 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8884 retval = 1;
8885
8886 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8887
8888 return retval;
8889 }
8890
8891 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8892 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8893
8894 static void
8895 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8896 {
8897 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8898 char *printf_line = NULL;
8899
8900 if (!dprintf_args)
8901 return;
8902
8903 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8904
8905 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8906 insist on it. */
8907 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8908 ++dprintf_args;
8909 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8910
8911 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8912 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8913
8914 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8915 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8916 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8917 {
8918 if (!dprintf_function)
8919 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8920
8921 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8922 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8923 dprintf_function,
8924 dprintf_channel,
8925 dprintf_args);
8926 else
8927 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8928 dprintf_function,
8929 dprintf_args);
8930 }
8931 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8932 {
8933 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8934 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8935 else
8936 {
8937 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8938 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8939 }
8940 }
8941 else
8942 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8943 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8944
8945 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8946 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8947 {
8948 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
8949 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8950
8951 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8952 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8953 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8954 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8955 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8956 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8957
8958 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8959 }
8960 }
8961
8962 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8963 current style settings. */
8964
8965 static void
8966 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8967 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8968 {
8969 struct breakpoint *b;
8970
8971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8972 {
8973 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8974 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8975 }
8976 }
8977
8978 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8979 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8980 as condition expression. */
8981
8982 static void
8983 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8984 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8985 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8986 char *extra_string,
8987 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8988 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8989 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8990 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
8991 int display_canonical)
8992 {
8993 int i;
8994
8995 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8996 {
8997 int target_resources_ok;
8998
8999 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9000 target_resources_ok =
9001 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9002 i + 1, 0);
9003 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9004 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9005 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9006 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9007 }
9008
9009 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9010
9011 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9012 {
9013 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9014 struct bp_location *loc;
9015
9016 if (from_tty)
9017 {
9018 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9019 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9020 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9021
9022 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9023 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9024 }
9025
9026 if (i == 0)
9027 {
9028 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9029 b->thread = thread;
9030 b->task = task;
9031
9032 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9033 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9034 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9035 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9036 b->disposition = disposition;
9037
9038 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9039 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9040
9041 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9042 {
9043 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9044 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9045
9046 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9047 {
9048 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9049 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9050 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9051 char *endp;
9052 char *marker_str;
9053
9054 p = skip_spaces (p);
9055
9056 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9057
9058 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9059 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9060
9061 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9062 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9063 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9064 }
9065 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9066 {
9067 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9068 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9069
9070 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9071 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9072 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9073 }
9074 else
9075 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9076 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9077 }
9078
9079 loc = b->loc;
9080 }
9081 else
9082 {
9083 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9084 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9085 loc->inserted = 1;
9086 }
9087
9088 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9089 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9090
9091 if (b->cond_string)
9092 {
9093 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9094
9095 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9096 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9097 if (*arg)
9098 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9099 }
9100
9101 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9102 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9103 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9104 {
9105 if (b->extra_string)
9106 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9107 else
9108 error (_("Format string required"));
9109 }
9110 else if (b->extra_string)
9111 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9112 }
9113
9114 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9115 if (addr_string)
9116 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9117 else
9118 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9119 me. */
9120 b->addr_string
9121 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9122 b->filter = filter;
9123 }
9124
9125 static void
9126 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9127 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9128 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9129 char *extra_string,
9130 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9131 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9132 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9133 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9134 int display_canonical)
9135 {
9136 struct breakpoint *b;
9137 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9138
9139 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9140 {
9141 struct tracepoint *t;
9142
9143 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9144 b = &t->base;
9145 }
9146 else
9147 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9148
9149 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9150
9151 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9152 sals, addr_string,
9153 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9154 type, disposition,
9155 thread, task, ignore_count,
9156 ops, from_tty,
9157 enabled, internal, flags,
9158 display_canonical);
9159 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9160
9161 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9162 }
9163
9164 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9165 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9166 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9167 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9168 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9169 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9170 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9171 we take just a single condition string.
9172
9173 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9174 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9175 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9176 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9177 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9178
9179 static void
9180 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9181 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9182 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9183 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9184 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9185 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9186 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9187 {
9188 int i;
9189 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9190
9191 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9192 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9193
9194 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9195 {
9196 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9197 'break', without arguments. */
9198 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9199 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9200 : NULL);
9201 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9202 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9203
9204 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9205 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9206 addr_string,
9207 filter_string,
9208 cond_string, extra_string,
9209 type, disposition,
9210 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9211 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9212 canonical->special_display);
9213 discard_cleanups (inner);
9214 }
9215 }
9216
9217 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9218 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9219 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9220 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9221
9222 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9223 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9224
9225 static void
9226 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9227 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9228 {
9229 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9230 breakpoint. */
9231 if ((*address) == NULL
9232 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9233 {
9234 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9235 address. */
9236 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9237 {
9238 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9239 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9240 CORE_ADDR pc;
9241
9242 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9243 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9244 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9245
9246 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9247 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9248 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9249 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9250 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9251 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9252 pc = sal.pc;
9253 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9254
9255 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9256 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9257 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9258 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9259 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9260 sal.pc = pc;
9261 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9262
9263 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9264 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9265 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9266
9267 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9268 }
9269 else
9270 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9271 }
9272 else
9273 {
9274 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9275
9276 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9277 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9278 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9279 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9280
9281 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9282 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9283 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9284 && (!cursal.symtab
9285 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9286 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9287 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9288 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9289 get_last_displayed_line (),
9290 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9291 else
9292 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9293 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9294 }
9295 }
9296
9297
9298 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9299 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9300
9301 static void
9302 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9303 {
9304 int i;
9305
9306 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9307 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9308 }
9309
9310 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9311 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9312 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9313 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9314 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9315 it, etc. */
9316
9317 static void
9318 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9319 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9320 {
9321 int i, rslt;
9322 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9323 char *msg;
9324 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9325
9326 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9327 {
9328 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9329
9330 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9331
9332 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9333 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9334 associated with SAL. */
9335 if (sarch == NULL)
9336 sarch = gdbarch;
9337 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9338 NULL, &msg);
9339 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9340
9341 if (!rslt)
9342 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9343 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9344
9345 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9346 }
9347 }
9348
9349 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9350
9351 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9352 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9353 {
9354 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9355 }
9356
9357 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9358 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9359 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9360 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9361 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9362 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9363
9364 static void
9365 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9366 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9367 char **rest)
9368 {
9369 *cond_string = NULL;
9370 *thread = -1;
9371 *task = 0;
9372 *rest = NULL;
9373
9374 while (tok && *tok)
9375 {
9376 const char *end_tok;
9377 int toklen;
9378 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9379 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9380
9381 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9382
9383 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9384 {
9385 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9386 return;
9387 }
9388
9389 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9390
9391 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9392
9393 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9394 {
9395 struct expression *expr;
9396
9397 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9398 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9399 xfree (expr);
9400 cond_end = tok;
9401 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9402 }
9403 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9404 {
9405 char *tmptok;
9406
9407 tok = end_tok + 1;
9408 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9409 if (tok == tmptok)
9410 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9411 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9412 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9413 tok = tmptok;
9414 }
9415 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9416 {
9417 char *tmptok;
9418
9419 tok = end_tok + 1;
9420 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9421 if (tok == tmptok)
9422 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9423 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9424 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9425 tok = tmptok;
9426 }
9427 else if (rest)
9428 {
9429 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9430 return;
9431 }
9432 else
9433 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9434 }
9435 }
9436
9437 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9438
9439 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9440 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9441 {
9442 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9443 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9444 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9445 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9446 char *endp;
9447 char *marker_str;
9448 int i;
9449
9450 p = skip_spaces (p);
9451
9452 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9453
9454 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9455 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9456
9457 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9458 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9459 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9460
9461 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9462 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9463
9464 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9465 {
9466 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9467
9468 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9469
9470 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9471
9472 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9473 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9474
9475 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9476 }
9477
9478 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9479
9480 *arg_p = endp;
9481 return sals;
9482 }
9483
9484 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9485 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9486 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9487 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9488 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9489 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9490 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9491 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9492 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9493 was created; false otherwise. */
9494
9495 int
9496 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9497 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9498 int thread, char *extra_string,
9499 int parse_arg,
9500 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9501 int ignore_count,
9502 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9503 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9504 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9505 unsigned flags)
9506 {
9507 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9508 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9509 char *addr_start = arg;
9510 struct linespec_result canonical;
9511 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9512 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9513 int pending = 0;
9514 int task = 0;
9515 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9516
9517 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9518
9519 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9520
9521 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9522 {
9523 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9524 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9525 }
9526
9527 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9528 switch (e.reason)
9529 {
9530 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9531 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9532 return 0;
9533 break;
9534 case RETURN_ERROR:
9535 switch (e.error)
9536 {
9537 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9538
9539 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9540 error. */
9541
9542 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9543 throw_exception (e);
9544
9545 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9546
9547 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9548 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9549 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9550 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9551 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9552 return 0;
9553
9554 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9555 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9556 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9557 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9558 {
9559 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9560
9561 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9562 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9563 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9564 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9565 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9566 pending = 1;
9567 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9568 }
9569 break;
9570 default:
9571 throw_exception (e);
9572 }
9573 break;
9574 default:
9575 throw_exception (e);
9576 }
9577
9578 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9579 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9580
9581 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9582 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9583 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9584 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9585 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9586
9587 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9588 are ok for the target. */
9589 if (!pending)
9590 {
9591 int ix;
9592 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9593
9594 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9595 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9596 }
9597
9598 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9599 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9600 {
9601 int ix;
9602 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9603
9604 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9605 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9606 }
9607
9608 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9609 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9610 breakpoint. */
9611 if (!pending)
9612 {
9613 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9614
9615 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9616
9617 if (parse_arg)
9618 {
9619 char *rest;
9620 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9621 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9622 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9623 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9624
9625 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9626 &thread, &task, &rest);
9627 if (cond_string)
9628 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9629 if (rest)
9630 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9631 if (rest)
9632 extra_string = rest;
9633 }
9634 else
9635 {
9636 if (*arg != '\0')
9637 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
9638
9639 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9640 if (cond_string)
9641 {
9642 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9643 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9644 }
9645 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9646 if (extra_string)
9647 {
9648 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9649 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9650 }
9651 }
9652
9653 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9654 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9655 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9656 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9657 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9658 }
9659 else
9660 {
9661 struct breakpoint *b;
9662
9663 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9664
9665 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9666 {
9667 struct tracepoint *t;
9668
9669 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9670 b = &t->base;
9671 }
9672 else
9673 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9674
9675 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9676
9677 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9678 if (parse_arg)
9679 b->cond_string = NULL;
9680 else
9681 {
9682 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9683 if (cond_string)
9684 {
9685 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9686 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9687 }
9688 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9689 }
9690 b->extra_string = NULL;
9691 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9692 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9693 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9694 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9695 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9696 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9697 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9698
9699 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9700 }
9701
9702 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9703 {
9704 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9705 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9706 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9707 }
9708
9709 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9710 breakpoint. */
9711 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9712 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9713 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9714
9715 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9716 update_global_location_list (1);
9717
9718 return 1;
9719 }
9720
9721 /* Set a breakpoint.
9722 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9723 condition, and thread.
9724 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9725 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9726 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9727
9728 static void
9729 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9730 {
9731 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9732 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9733 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9734 : bp_breakpoint);
9735 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9736 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9737
9738 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9739 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9740 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9741 else
9742 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9743
9744 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9745 arg,
9746 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9747 tempflag, type_wanted,
9748 0 /* Ignore count */,
9749 pending_break_support,
9750 ops,
9751 from_tty,
9752 1 /* enabled */,
9753 0 /* internal */,
9754 0);
9755 }
9756
9757 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9758
9759 void
9760 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9761 {
9762 CORE_ADDR pc;
9763
9764 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9765 {
9766 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9767 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9768 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9769 sal->pc = pc;
9770
9771 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9772 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9773 if (sal->explicit_line)
9774 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9775 }
9776
9777 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9778 {
9779 struct blockvector *bv;
9780 struct block *b;
9781 struct symbol *sym;
9782
9783 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9784 if (bv != NULL)
9785 {
9786 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9787 if (sym != NULL)
9788 {
9789 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9790 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
9791 }
9792 else
9793 {
9794 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9795 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9796 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9797 happen in assembly source). */
9798
9799 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
9800 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9801
9802 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9803
9804 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9805 if (msym.minsym)
9806 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
9807
9808 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9809 }
9810 }
9811 }
9812 }
9813
9814 void
9815 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9816 {
9817 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9818 }
9819
9820 void
9821 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9822 {
9823 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9824 }
9825
9826 static void
9827 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9828 {
9829 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9830 }
9831
9832 static void
9833 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9834 {
9835 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9836 }
9837
9838 static void
9839 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9840 {
9841 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9842 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9843 stop at <line>\n"));
9844 }
9845
9846 static void
9847 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9848 {
9849 int badInput = 0;
9850
9851 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9852 badInput = 1;
9853 else if (*arg != '*')
9854 {
9855 char *argptr = arg;
9856 int hasColon = 0;
9857
9858 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9859 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9860 function/method name. */
9861 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9862 {
9863 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9864 argptr++;
9865 }
9866
9867 if (hasColon)
9868 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9869 else
9870 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9871 }
9872
9873 if (badInput)
9874 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9875 else
9876 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9877 }
9878
9879 static void
9880 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9881 {
9882 int badInput = 0;
9883
9884 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9885 badInput = 1;
9886 else
9887 {
9888 char *argptr = arg;
9889 int hasColon = 0;
9890
9891 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9892 it is probably a line number. */
9893 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9894 {
9895 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9896 argptr++;
9897 }
9898
9899 if (hasColon)
9900 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9901 else
9902 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9903 }
9904
9905 if (badInput)
9906 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9907 else
9908 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9909 }
9910
9911 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9912 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9913 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9914 line. */
9915
9916 static void
9917 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9918 {
9919 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9920 arg,
9921 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9922 0, bp_dprintf,
9923 0 /* Ignore count */,
9924 pending_break_support,
9925 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9926 from_tty,
9927 1 /* enabled */,
9928 0 /* internal */,
9929 0);
9930 }
9931
9932 static void
9933 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9934 {
9935 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9936 }
9937
9938 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9939 ranged breakpoints. */
9940
9941 static int
9942 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9943 struct address_space *aspace,
9944 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9945 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9946 {
9947 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9948 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9949 return 0;
9950
9951 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9952 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9953 }
9954
9955 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9956 ranged breakpoints. */
9957
9958 static int
9959 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9960 {
9961 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9962 }
9963
9964 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9965 ranged breakpoints. */
9966
9967 static enum print_stop_action
9968 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9969 {
9970 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9971 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9972 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9973
9974 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9975
9976 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9977 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9978
9979 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9980 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9981 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9982 else
9983 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9984 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9985 {
9986 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9987 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9988 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9989 }
9990 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9991 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9992
9993 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9994 }
9995
9996 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9997 ranged breakpoints. */
9998
9999 static void
10000 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10001 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10002 {
10003 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10004 struct value_print_options opts;
10005 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10006
10007 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10008 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10009
10010 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10011
10012 if (opts.addressprint)
10013 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10014 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10015 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10016 annotate_field (5);
10017 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10018 *last_loc = bl;
10019 }
10020
10021 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10022 ranged breakpoints. */
10023
10024 static void
10025 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10026 struct ui_out *uiout)
10027 {
10028 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10029 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10030 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10031 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10032
10033 gdb_assert (bl);
10034
10035 address_start = bl->address;
10036 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10037
10038 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10039 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10040 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10041 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10042 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10043 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10044
10045 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10046 }
10047
10048 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10049 ranged breakpoints. */
10050
10051 static void
10052 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10053 {
10054 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10055 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10056
10057 gdb_assert (bl);
10058 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10059
10060 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10061 return;
10062
10063 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10064 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10065 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10066 }
10067
10068 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10069 ranged breakpoints. */
10070
10071 static void
10072 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10073 {
10074 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10075 b->addr_string_range_end);
10076 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10077 }
10078
10079 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10080
10081 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10082
10083 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10084 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10085 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10086 last instruction of the given line. */
10087
10088 static CORE_ADDR
10089 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10090 {
10091 CORE_ADDR end;
10092
10093 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10094 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10095 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10096 end = sal.pc;
10097 else
10098 {
10099 int ret;
10100 CORE_ADDR start;
10101
10102 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10103 if (!ret)
10104 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10105
10106 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10107 end--;
10108 }
10109
10110 return end;
10111 }
10112
10113 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10114
10115 static void
10116 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10117 {
10118 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10119 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10120 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10121 CORE_ADDR end;
10122 struct breakpoint *b;
10123 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10124 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10125 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10126
10127 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10128 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10129 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10130
10131 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10132 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10133 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10134 bp_count, 0);
10135 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10136 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10137
10138 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10139 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10140 error(_("No address range specified."));
10141
10142 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10143
10144 arg_start = arg;
10145 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10146
10147 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10148
10149 if (arg[0] != ',')
10150 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10151 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10152 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10153
10154 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10155
10156 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10157 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10158 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10159
10160 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10161 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10162 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10163
10164 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10165 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10166
10167 /* Parse the end location. */
10168
10169 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10170 arg_start = arg;
10171
10172 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10173 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10174 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10175 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10176 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10177 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10178 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10179 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10180
10181 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10182
10183 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10184 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10185
10186 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10187 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10188 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10189 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10190
10191 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10192 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10193 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10194
10195 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10196 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10197 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10198
10199 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10200 if (length < 0)
10201 /* Length overflowed. */
10202 error (_("Address range too large."));
10203 else if (length == 1)
10204 {
10205 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10206 the `hbreak' command. */
10207 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10208
10209 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10210
10211 return;
10212 }
10213
10214 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10215 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10216 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10217 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10218 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10219 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10220 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10221 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10222 b->loc->length = length;
10223
10224 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10225
10226 mention (b);
10227 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10228 update_global_location_list (1);
10229 }
10230
10231 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10232 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10233 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10234 zero. */
10235
10236 static int
10237 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10238 {
10239 int i = exp->nelts;
10240
10241 while (i > 0)
10242 {
10243 int oplenp, argsp;
10244
10245 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10246 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10247 i -= oplenp;
10248
10249 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10250 {
10251 case BINOP_ADD:
10252 case BINOP_SUB:
10253 case BINOP_MUL:
10254 case BINOP_DIV:
10255 case BINOP_REM:
10256 case BINOP_MOD:
10257 case BINOP_LSH:
10258 case BINOP_RSH:
10259 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10260 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10261 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10262 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10263 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10264 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10265 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10266 case BINOP_LESS:
10267 case BINOP_GTR:
10268 case BINOP_LEQ:
10269 case BINOP_GEQ:
10270 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10271 case BINOP_COMMA:
10272 case BINOP_EXP:
10273 case BINOP_MIN:
10274 case BINOP_MAX:
10275 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10276 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10277 case BINOP_IN:
10278 case BINOP_RANGE:
10279 case TERNOP_COND:
10280 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10281
10282 case OP_LONG:
10283 case OP_DOUBLE:
10284 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10285 case OP_LAST:
10286 case OP_COMPLEX:
10287 case OP_STRING:
10288 case OP_ARRAY:
10289 case OP_TYPE:
10290 case OP_TYPEOF:
10291 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10292 case OP_TYPEID:
10293 case OP_NAME:
10294 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10295
10296 case UNOP_NEG:
10297 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10298 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10299 case UNOP_ADDR:
10300 case UNOP_HIGH:
10301 case UNOP_CAST:
10302
10303 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10304 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10305 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10306 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10307 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10308 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10309 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10310
10311 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10312 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10313 ADDR is. */
10314 break;
10315
10316 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10317 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10318
10319 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10320 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10321 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10322 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10323
10324 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10325 are always constant. */
10326 {
10327 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10328
10329 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10330 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10331 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10332 return 0;
10333 break;
10334 }
10335
10336 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10337 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10338 then it is not a constant. */
10339 default:
10340 return 0;
10341 }
10342 }
10343
10344 return 1;
10345 }
10346
10347 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10348
10349 static void
10350 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10351 {
10352 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10353
10354 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10355 xfree (w->exp);
10356 xfree (w->exp_string);
10357 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10358 value_free (w->val);
10359
10360 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10361 }
10362
10363 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10364
10365 static void
10366 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10367 {
10368 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10369
10370 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10371 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10372
10373 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10374 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10375 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10376 are loaded and unloaded.
10377
10378 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10379 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10380 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10381 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10382 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10383 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10384
10385 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10386 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10387 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10388 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10389
10390 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10391 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10392
10393 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10394 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10395 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10396 }
10397
10398 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10399
10400 static int
10401 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10402 {
10403 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10404 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10405
10406 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10407 w->cond_exp);
10408 }
10409
10410 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10411
10412 static int
10413 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10414 {
10415 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10416 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10417
10418 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10419 w->cond_exp);
10420 }
10421
10422 static int
10423 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10424 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10425 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10426 {
10427 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10428 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10429
10430 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10431 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10432 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10433 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10434 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10435 (did not match the data address). */
10436 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10437 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10438 return 0;
10439
10440 return 1;
10441 }
10442
10443 static void
10444 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10445 {
10446 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10447
10448 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10449 }
10450
10451 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10452 hardware watchpoints. */
10453
10454 static int
10455 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10456 {
10457 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10458 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10459
10460 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10461 }
10462
10463 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10464 hardware watchpoints. */
10465
10466 static int
10467 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10468 {
10469 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10470 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10471 }
10472
10473 static enum print_stop_action
10474 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10475 {
10476 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10477 struct breakpoint *b;
10478 struct ui_file *stb;
10479 enum print_stop_action result;
10480 struct watchpoint *w;
10481 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10482
10483 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10484
10485 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10486 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10487
10488 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10489 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10490
10491 switch (b->type)
10492 {
10493 case bp_watchpoint:
10494 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10495 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10496 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10497 ui_out_field_string
10498 (uiout, "reason",
10499 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10500 mention (b);
10501 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10502 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10503 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10504 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10505 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10506 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10507 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10508 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10509 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10510 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10511 break;
10512
10513 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10514 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10515 ui_out_field_string
10516 (uiout, "reason",
10517 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10518 mention (b);
10519 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10520 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10521 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10522 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10523 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10524 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10525 break;
10526
10527 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10528 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10529 {
10530 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10531 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10532 ui_out_field_string
10533 (uiout, "reason",
10534 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10535 mention (b);
10536 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10537 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10538 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10539 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10541 }
10542 else
10543 {
10544 mention (b);
10545 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10546 ui_out_field_string
10547 (uiout, "reason",
10548 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10549 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10550 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10551 }
10552 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10553 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10554 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10555 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10556 break;
10557 default:
10558 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10559 }
10560
10561 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10562 return result;
10563 }
10564
10565 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10566 watchpoints. */
10567
10568 static void
10569 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10570 {
10571 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10572 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10573 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10574
10575 switch (b->type)
10576 {
10577 case bp_watchpoint:
10578 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10579 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10580 break;
10581 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10582 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10583 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10584 break;
10585 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10586 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10587 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10588 break;
10589 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10590 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10591 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10592 break;
10593 default:
10594 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10595 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10596 }
10597
10598 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10599 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10600 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10601 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10602 }
10603
10604 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10605 watchpoints. */
10606
10607 static void
10608 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10609 {
10610 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10611
10612 switch (b->type)
10613 {
10614 case bp_watchpoint:
10615 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10616 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10617 break;
10618 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10619 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10620 break;
10621 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10622 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10623 break;
10624 default:
10625 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10626 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10627 }
10628
10629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10630 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10631 }
10632
10633 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10634 watchpoints. */
10635
10636 static enum bpstat_signal_value
10637 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
10638 {
10639 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10640 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10641 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10642 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
10643
10644 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
10645 }
10646
10647 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10648
10649 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10650
10651 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10652 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10653
10654 static int
10655 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10656 {
10657 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10658
10659 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10660 bl->watchpoint_type);
10661 }
10662
10663 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10664 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10665
10666 static int
10667 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10668 {
10669 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10670
10671 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10672 bl->watchpoint_type);
10673 }
10674
10675 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10676 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10677
10678 static int
10679 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10680 {
10681 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10682
10683 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10684 }
10685
10686 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10687 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10688
10689 static int
10690 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10691 {
10692 return 0;
10693 }
10694
10695 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10696 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10697
10698 static enum print_stop_action
10699 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10700 {
10701 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10702 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10703
10704 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10705 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10706
10707 switch (b->type)
10708 {
10709 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10710 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10711 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10712 ui_out_field_string
10713 (uiout, "reason",
10714 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10715 break;
10716
10717 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10718 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10719 ui_out_field_string
10720 (uiout, "reason",
10721 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10722 break;
10723
10724 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10725 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10726 ui_out_field_string
10727 (uiout, "reason",
10728 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10729 break;
10730 default:
10731 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10732 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10733 }
10734
10735 mention (b);
10736 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10737 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10738 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10739 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10740
10741 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10742 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10743 }
10744
10745 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10746 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10747
10748 static void
10749 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10750 struct ui_out *uiout)
10751 {
10752 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10753
10754 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10755 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10756
10757 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10758 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10759 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10760 }
10761
10762 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10763 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10764
10765 static void
10766 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10767 {
10768 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10769 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10770 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10771
10772 switch (b->type)
10773 {
10774 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10775 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10776 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10777 break;
10778 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10779 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10780 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10781 break;
10782 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10783 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10784 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10785 break;
10786 default:
10787 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10788 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10789 }
10790
10791 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10792 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10793 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10794 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10795 }
10796
10797 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10798 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10799
10800 static void
10801 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10802 {
10803 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10804 char tmp[40];
10805
10806 switch (b->type)
10807 {
10808 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10809 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10810 break;
10811 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10812 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10813 break;
10814 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10816 break;
10817 default:
10818 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10819 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10820 }
10821
10822 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10823 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10824 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10825 }
10826
10827 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10828
10829 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10830
10831 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10832
10833 static int
10834 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10835 {
10836 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10837 }
10838
10839 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10840 hw_read: watch read,
10841 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10842 static void
10843 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10844 int just_location, int internal)
10845 {
10846 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10847 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10848 struct expression *exp;
10849 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10850 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10851 struct frame_info *frame;
10852 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10853 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10854 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10855 int toklen = -1;
10856 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10857 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10858 enum bptype bp_type;
10859 int thread = -1;
10860 int pc = 0;
10861 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10862 the hardware watchpoint. */
10863 int use_mask = 0;
10864 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10865 struct watchpoint *w;
10866 char *expression;
10867 struct cleanup *back_to;
10868
10869 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10870 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10871 {
10872 const char *value_start;
10873
10874 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10875
10876 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10877 of the arguments string. */
10878 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10879 {
10880 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10881 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10882 tok--;
10883
10884 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10885 This is the value of the parameter. */
10886 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10887 tok--;
10888 value_start = tok + 1;
10889
10890 /* Skip whitespace. */
10891 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10892 tok--;
10893
10894 end_tok = tok;
10895
10896 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10897 This is the parameter itself. */
10898 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10899 tok--;
10900 tok++;
10901 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10902
10903 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10904 {
10905 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10906 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10907 only in a specific thread. */
10908 char *endp;
10909
10910 if (thread != -1)
10911 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10912
10913 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10914 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10915
10916 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10917 thread ID. */
10918 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10919 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10920
10921 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10922 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10923 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10924 }
10925 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10926 {
10927 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10928 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10929 facility. */
10930 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10931
10932 if (use_mask)
10933 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10934
10935 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10936
10937 mark = value_mark ();
10938 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10939 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10940 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10941 }
10942 else
10943 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10944 break;
10945
10946 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10947 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10948 exp_end = tok;
10949 }
10950 }
10951 else
10952 exp_end = arg;
10953
10954 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10955 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10956 ARG. */
10957 innermost_block = NULL;
10958 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
10959 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
10960 exp_start = arg = expression;
10961 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10962 exp_end = arg;
10963 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10964 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10965 prettier. */
10966 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10967 --exp_end;
10968
10969 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10970 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10971 {
10972 int len;
10973
10974 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10975 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10976 len--;
10977 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10978 }
10979
10980 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10981 mark = value_mark ();
10982 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10983
10984 if (just_location)
10985 {
10986 int ret;
10987
10988 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10989 val = value_addr (result);
10990 release_value (val);
10991 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10992
10993 if (use_mask)
10994 {
10995 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10996 mask);
10997 if (ret == -1)
10998 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10999 else if (ret == -2)
11000 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11001 }
11002 }
11003 else if (val != NULL)
11004 release_value (val);
11005
11006 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11007 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11008
11009 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11010 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11011 {
11012 struct expression *cond;
11013
11014 innermost_block = NULL;
11015 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11016 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11017
11018 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11019 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11020 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11021
11022 xfree (cond);
11023 cond_end = tok;
11024 }
11025 if (*tok)
11026 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11027
11028 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11029 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11030 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11031 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11032 else
11033 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11034
11035 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11036
11037 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11038 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11039 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11040 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11041 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11042 {
11043 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11044 {
11045 scope_breakpoint
11046 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11047 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11048 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11049 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11050
11051 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11052
11053 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11054 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11055
11056 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11057 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11058
11059 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11060 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11061 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11062 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11063 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11064 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11065 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11066 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11067 scope_breakpoint->type);
11068 }
11069 }
11070
11071 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11072
11073 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11074 b = &w->base;
11075 if (use_mask)
11076 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11077 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11078 else
11079 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11080 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11081 b->thread = thread;
11082 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11083 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11084 w->exp = exp;
11085 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11086 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11087 if (just_location)
11088 {
11089 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11090 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11091 char *name;
11092
11093 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11094 name = type_to_string (t);
11095
11096 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11097 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11098 xfree (name);
11099
11100 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11101 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11102
11103 /* The above expression is in C. */
11104 b->language = language_c;
11105 }
11106 else
11107 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11108
11109 if (use_mask)
11110 {
11111 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11112 }
11113 else
11114 {
11115 w->val = val;
11116 w->val_valid = 1;
11117 }
11118
11119 if (cond_start)
11120 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11121 else
11122 b->cond_string = 0;
11123
11124 if (frame)
11125 {
11126 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11127 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11128 }
11129 else
11130 {
11131 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11132 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11133 }
11134
11135 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11136 {
11137 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11138 need to act on them together. */
11139 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11140 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11141 }
11142
11143 if (!just_location)
11144 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11145
11146 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11147 {
11148 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11149 that should be inserted. */
11150 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11151 }
11152 if (e.reason < 0)
11153 {
11154 delete_breakpoint (b);
11155 throw_exception (e);
11156 }
11157
11158 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11159 do_cleanups (back_to);
11160 }
11161
11162 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11163 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11164
11165 static int
11166 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11167 {
11168 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11169 struct value *head = v;
11170
11171 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11172 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11173 return 0;
11174
11175 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11176 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11177 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11178 hardware watchpoint.
11179
11180 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11181 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11182 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11183 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11184 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11185 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11186 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11187 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11188 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11189
11190 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11191 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11192 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11193 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11194 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11195 {
11196 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11197 {
11198 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11199 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11200 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11201 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11202 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11203 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11204 ;
11205 else
11206 {
11207 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11208 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11209 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11210
11211 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11212 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11213 middle of some value chain. */
11214 if (v == head
11215 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11216 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11217 {
11218 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11219 int len;
11220 int num_regs;
11221
11222 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11223 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11224 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11225
11226 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11227 if (!num_regs)
11228 return 0;
11229 else
11230 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11231 }
11232 }
11233 }
11234 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11235 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11236 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11237 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11238 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11239 }
11240
11241 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11242 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11243 return found_memory_cnt;
11244 }
11245
11246 void
11247 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11248 {
11249 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11250 }
11251
11252 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11253 calls watch_command_1. */
11254
11255 static void
11256 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11257 {
11258 int just_location = 0;
11259
11260 if (arg
11261 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11262 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11263 {
11264 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11265 just_location = 1;
11266 }
11267
11268 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11269 }
11270
11271 static void
11272 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11273 {
11274 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11275 }
11276
11277 void
11278 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11279 {
11280 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11281 }
11282
11283 static void
11284 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11285 {
11286 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11287 }
11288
11289 void
11290 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11291 {
11292 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11293 }
11294
11295 static void
11296 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11297 {
11298 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11299 }
11300 \f
11301
11302 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11303 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11304
11305 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11306 {
11307 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11308 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11309 int thread_num;
11310 };
11311
11312 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11313 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11314 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11315 command. */
11316 static void
11317 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11318 {
11319 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11320
11321 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11322 if (a->breakpoint2)
11323 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11324 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11325 }
11326
11327 void
11328 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11329 {
11330 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11331 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11332 struct frame_info *frame;
11333 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11334 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11335 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11336 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11337 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11338 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11339 int thread;
11340 struct thread_info *tp;
11341
11342 clear_proceed_status ();
11343
11344 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11345 this function. */
11346
11347 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11348 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11349 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11350 get_last_displayed_line ());
11351 else
11352 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11353 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11354
11355 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11356 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11357
11358 sal = sals.sals[0];
11359 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11360
11361 if (*arg)
11362 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11363
11364 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11365
11366 tp = inferior_thread ();
11367 thread = tp->num;
11368
11369 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11370
11371 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11372 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11373 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11374 that. */
11375
11376 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11377 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11378 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11379 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11380
11381 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11382 one. */
11383
11384 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11385 {
11386 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11387
11388 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11389 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11390 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11391 sal2,
11392 caller_frame_id,
11393 bp_until);
11394 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11395
11396 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11397 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11398 }
11399
11400 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11401 frame = NULL;
11402
11403 if (anywhere)
11404 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11405 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11406 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11407 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11408 else
11409 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11410 only at the very same frame. */
11411 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11412 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11413 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11414
11415 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11416
11417 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11418 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11419 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11420 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11421
11422 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11423 {
11424 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11425 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11426
11427 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11428 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11429 args->thread_num = thread;
11430
11431 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11432 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11433 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11434 xfree);
11435 }
11436 else
11437 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11438 }
11439
11440 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11441 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11442
11443 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11444 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11445 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11446 if clause in the arg string. */
11447
11448 char *
11449 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11450 {
11451 char *cond_string;
11452
11453 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11454 return NULL;
11455
11456 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11457 (*arg) += 2;
11458
11459 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11460 condition string. */
11461 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11462 cond_string = *arg;
11463
11464 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11465 string. */
11466 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11467
11468 return cond_string;
11469 }
11470
11471 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11472 process start/exit, etc. */
11473
11474 typedef enum
11475 {
11476 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11477 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11478 }
11479 catch_fork_kind;
11480
11481 static void
11482 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11483 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11484 {
11485 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11486 char *cond_string = NULL;
11487 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11488 int tempflag;
11489
11490 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11491 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11492 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11493
11494 if (!arg)
11495 arg = "";
11496 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11497
11498 /* The allowed syntax is:
11499 catch [v]fork
11500 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11501
11502 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11503 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11504
11505 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11506 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11507
11508 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11509 and enable reporting of such events. */
11510 switch (fork_kind)
11511 {
11512 case catch_fork_temporary:
11513 case catch_fork_permanent:
11514 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11515 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11516 break;
11517 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11518 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11519 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11520 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11521 break;
11522 default:
11523 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11524 break;
11525 }
11526 }
11527
11528 static void
11529 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11530 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11531 {
11532 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11533 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11534 int tempflag;
11535 char *cond_string = NULL;
11536
11537 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11538
11539 if (!arg)
11540 arg = "";
11541 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11542
11543 /* The allowed syntax is:
11544 catch exec
11545 catch exec if <cond>
11546
11547 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11548 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11549
11550 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11551 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11552
11553 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11554 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11555 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11556 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11557
11558 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11559 }
11560
11561 void
11562 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11563 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11564 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11565 char *addr_string,
11566 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11567 int tempflag,
11568 int from_tty)
11569 {
11570 if (from_tty)
11571 {
11572 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11573 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11574 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11575
11576 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11577 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11578 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11579 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11580 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11581 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11582 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11583 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11584 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11585 enough for now, though. */
11586 }
11587
11588 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11589
11590 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11591 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11592 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11593 b->language = language_ada;
11594 }
11595
11596 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11597 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11598 static VEC(int) *
11599 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11600 {
11601 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11602 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11603
11604 while (*arg != '\0')
11605 {
11606 int i, syscall_number;
11607 char *endptr;
11608 char cur_name[128];
11609 struct syscall s;
11610
11611 /* Skip whitespace. */
11612 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11613
11614 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11615 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11616 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11617 arg += i;
11618
11619 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11620 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11621 if (*endptr == '\0')
11622 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11623 else
11624 {
11625 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11626 to a number. */
11627 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11628
11629 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11630 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11631 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11632 syscall number to be caught. */
11633 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11634 }
11635
11636 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11637 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11638 }
11639
11640 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11641 return result;
11642 }
11643
11644 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11645
11646 static void
11647 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11648 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11649 {
11650 int tempflag;
11651 VEC(int) *filter;
11652 struct syscall s;
11653 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11654
11655 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11656 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11657 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11658 this architecture yet."));
11659
11660 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11661
11662 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11663
11664 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11665 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11666 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11667 for his/her architecture. */
11668 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11669
11670 /* The allowed syntax is:
11671 catch syscall
11672 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11673
11674 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11675
11676 if (arg != NULL)
11677 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11678 else
11679 filter = NULL;
11680
11681 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11682 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11683 }
11684
11685 static void
11686 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11687 {
11688 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11689 }
11690 \f
11691
11692 static void
11693 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11694 {
11695 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11696 }
11697
11698 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11699
11700 static int
11701 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11702 {
11703 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11704 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11705 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11706 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11707
11708 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11709 return -1;
11710 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11711 return 1;
11712
11713 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11714 the number 0. */
11715 if (ua < ub)
11716 return -1;
11717 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11718 }
11719
11720 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11721
11722 static void
11723 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11724 {
11725 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11726 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11727 int ix;
11728 int default_match;
11729 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11730 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11731 int i;
11732 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11733
11734 if (arg)
11735 {
11736 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11737 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11738 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11739 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11740 default_match = 0;
11741 }
11742 else
11743 {
11744 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11745 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11746 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11747 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11748
11749 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11750 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11751 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11752 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11753 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11754 error (_("No source file specified."));
11755
11756 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11757 sals.nelts = 1;
11758
11759 default_match = 1;
11760 }
11761
11762 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11763 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11764 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11765 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11766
11767 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11768 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11769 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11770 due to optimization, all in one block.
11771
11772 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11773 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11774 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11775 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11776 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11777 to support that. */
11778
11779 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11780 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11781 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11782 breakpoint. */
11783
11784 found = NULL;
11785 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11786 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11787 {
11788 const char *sal_fullname;
11789
11790 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11791 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11792 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11793 or at default pc.
11794
11795 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11796
11797 0 1 pc
11798 1 1 pc _and_ line
11799 0 0 line
11800 1 0 <can't happen> */
11801
11802 sal = sals.sals[i];
11803 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11804 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11805
11806 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11807 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11808 {
11809 int match = 0;
11810 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11811 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11812 {
11813 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11814 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11815 {
11816 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11817 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11818 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11819 && sal.pc
11820 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11821 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11822 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11823 || loc->section == sal.section));
11824 int line_match = 0;
11825
11826 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11827 && loc->symtab != NULL
11828 && sal_fullname != NULL
11829 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11830 && loc->line_number == sal.line
11831 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
11832 sal_fullname) == 0)
11833 line_match = 1;
11834
11835 if (pc_match || line_match)
11836 {
11837 match = 1;
11838 break;
11839 }
11840 }
11841 }
11842
11843 if (match)
11844 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11845 }
11846 }
11847
11848 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11849 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11850 {
11851 if (arg)
11852 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11853 else
11854 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11855 }
11856
11857 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11858 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11859 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11860 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11861 compare_breakpoints);
11862 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11863 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11864 {
11865 if (b == prev)
11866 {
11867 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11868 --ix;
11869 }
11870 }
11871
11872 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11873 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11874 if (from_tty)
11875 {
11876 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11877 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11878 else
11879 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11880 }
11881
11882 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11883 {
11884 if (from_tty)
11885 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11886 delete_breakpoint (b);
11887 }
11888 if (from_tty)
11889 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11890
11891 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11892 }
11893 \f
11894 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11895 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11896 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11897
11898 void
11899 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11900 {
11901 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11902
11903 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11904 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11905 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11906 && bs->stop)
11907 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11908
11909 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11910 {
11911 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11912 delete_breakpoint (b);
11913 }
11914 }
11915
11916 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11917 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11918 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11919 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11920 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11921 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11922
11923 static int
11924 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11925 {
11926 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11927 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11928 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11929 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11930 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11931
11932 if (a->address != b->address)
11933 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11934
11935 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11936 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11937 grouped. */
11938
11939 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11940 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11941 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11942
11943 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11944 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11945 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11946
11947 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11948 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11949 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11950
11951 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11952 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11953 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11954
11955 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11956 }
11957
11958 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11959 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11960 content of the bp_location array. */
11961
11962 static void
11963 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11964 {
11965 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11966
11967 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11968 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11969
11970 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11971 {
11972 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11973
11974 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11975 continue;
11976
11977 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11978 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11979
11980 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11981 addr = bl->address - start;
11982 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11983 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11984
11985 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11986
11987 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11988 addr = end - bl->address;
11989 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11990 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11991 }
11992 }
11993
11994 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11995
11996 static void
11997 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11998 {
11999 struct breakpoint *b;
12000 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12001
12002 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12003 return;
12004
12005 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12006
12007 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12008 {
12009 struct bp_location *bl;
12010 struct tracepoint *t;
12011 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12012
12013 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12014 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12015 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12016 continue;
12017
12018 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12019 {
12020 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12021 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12022 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12023 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12024 continue;
12025
12026 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12027
12028 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12029
12030 bl->inserted = 1;
12031 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12032 }
12033 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12034 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12035 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12036 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12037 }
12038
12039 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12040 }
12041
12042 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12043
12044 static void
12045 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12046 {
12047 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12048 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12049 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12050 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12051
12052 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12053 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12054 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12055 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12056 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12057
12058 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12059 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12060 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12061 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12062 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12063 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12064 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12065 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12066 }
12067
12068 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12069 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12070 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12071 the target. */
12072
12073 static void
12074 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12075 {
12076 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12077 struct bp_location *loc;
12078 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12079 int pspace_num;
12080
12081 address = bl->address;
12082 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12083
12084 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12085 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12086 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12087 side. */
12088 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12089 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12090 return;
12091
12092 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12093 the same program space as the location
12094 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12095 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12096 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12097 {
12098 loc = *loc2p;
12099
12100 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12101 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12102 continue;
12103
12104 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12105 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12106 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12107 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12108 that have already been marked. */
12109 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12110
12111 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12112 it later on. */
12113 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12114 {
12115 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12116 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12117 }
12118 }
12119 }
12120
12121 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12122 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12123 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12124 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12125 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12126 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12127 returns true on them.
12128
12129 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12130 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12131 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12132 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12133 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12134 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12135
12136 static void
12137 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12138 {
12139 struct breakpoint *b;
12140 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12141 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12142 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12143 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12144 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12145 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12146
12147 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12148 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12149 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12150 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12151 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12152 once. */
12153 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12154 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12155 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12156 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12157
12158 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12159 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12160 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12161 unsigned old_location_count;
12162
12163 old_location = bp_location;
12164 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12165 bp_location = NULL;
12166 bp_location_count = 0;
12167 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12168
12169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12170 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12171 bp_location_count++;
12172
12173 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12174 locp = bp_location;
12175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12176 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12177 *locp++ = loc;
12178 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12179 bp_location_compare);
12180
12181 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12182
12183 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12184 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12185 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12186 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12187 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12188 location.
12189
12190 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12191 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12192
12193 locp = bp_location;
12194 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12195 old_locp++)
12196 {
12197 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12198 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12199
12200 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12201 not, we have to free it. */
12202 int found_object = 0;
12203 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12204 int keep_in_target = 0;
12205 int removed = 0;
12206
12207 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12208 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12209 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12210 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12211 locp++;
12212
12213 for (loc2p = locp;
12214 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12215 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12216 loc2p++)
12217 {
12218 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12219 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12220 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12221 place there. */
12222 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12223 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12224 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12225 {
12226 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12227 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12228 }
12229
12230 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12231 found_object = 1;
12232 }
12233
12234 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12235 have to go through updates again. */
12236 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12237
12238 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12239 if (!found_object)
12240 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12241
12242 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12243 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12244 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12245 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12246 at certain location is not inserted. */
12247
12248 if (old_loc->inserted)
12249 {
12250 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12251 it. */
12252
12253 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12254 {
12255 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12256 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12257 keep_in_target = 1;
12258 }
12259 else
12260 {
12261 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12262 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12263 remove its target-side condition. */
12264
12265 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12266 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12267 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12268 this one from the target. */
12269
12270 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12271 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12272 {
12273 for (loc2p = locp;
12274 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12275 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12276 loc2p++)
12277 {
12278 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12279
12280 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12281 {
12282 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12283 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12284 supported, but the latter are. */
12285 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12286 {
12287 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12288 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12289 }
12290
12291 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12292 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12293 unduplicated. */
12294 if (loc2 != old_loc
12295 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12296 {
12297 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12298 keep_in_target = 1;
12299 break;
12300 }
12301 }
12302 }
12303 }
12304 }
12305
12306 if (!keep_in_target)
12307 {
12308 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12309 {
12310 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12311 this location on the global list, and try to
12312 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12313 reason why we will succeed next time.
12314
12315 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12316 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12317 only after calling us. */
12318 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12319 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12320 old_loc->owner->number);
12321 }
12322 removed = 1;
12323 }
12324 }
12325
12326 if (!found_object)
12327 {
12328 if (removed && non_stop
12329 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12330 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12331 {
12332 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12333 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12334 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12335 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12336 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12337 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12338 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12339 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12340 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12341 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12342 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12343 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12344 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12345 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12346 SIGTRAP.
12347
12348 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12349 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12350
12351 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12352 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12353 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12354 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12355 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12356 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12357 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12358 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12359 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12360 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12361 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12362 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12363 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12364 thread_count.
12365
12366 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12367 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12368 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12369 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12370
12371 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12372 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12373 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12374 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12375 traps we can no longer explain. */
12376
12377 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12378 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12379
12380 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12381 }
12382 else
12383 {
12384 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12385 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12386 }
12387 }
12388 }
12389
12390 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12391 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12392 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12393 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12394 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12395 are sorted first for the same address.
12396
12397 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12398 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12399
12400 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12401 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12402 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12403 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12404 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12405 {
12406 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12407 non-NULL. */
12408 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12409 b = loc->owner;
12410
12411 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12412 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12413 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12414 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12415 `struct bp_location'. */
12416 || is_tracepoint (b))
12417 {
12418 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12419 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12420 continue;
12421 }
12422
12423 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12424 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12425 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12426 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12427 "actually inserted"));
12428
12429 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12430 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12431 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12432 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12433 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12434 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12435 else
12436 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12437
12438 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12439 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12440 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12441 {
12442 *loc_first_p = loc;
12443 loc->duplicate = 0;
12444
12445 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12446 {
12447 loc->needs_update = 1;
12448 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12449 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12450 }
12451 continue;
12452 }
12453
12454
12455 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12456 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12457 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12458 if (loc->inserted)
12459 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12460 loc->duplicate = 1;
12461
12462 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12463 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12464
12465 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12466 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12467 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12468 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12469 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12470 }
12471
12472 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12473 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12474 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12475 {
12476 if (should_insert)
12477 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12478 else
12479 {
12480 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12481 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12482 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12483 "needs_update". */
12484 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12485 }
12486 }
12487
12488 if (should_insert)
12489 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12490
12491 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12492 }
12493
12494 void
12495 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12496 {
12497 struct bp_location *loc;
12498 int ix;
12499
12500 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12501 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12502 {
12503 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12504 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12505 --ix;
12506 }
12507 }
12508
12509 static void
12510 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12511 {
12512 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12513
12514 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12515 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12516 }
12517
12518 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12519
12520 static void
12521 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12522 {
12523 bpstat bs;
12524
12525 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12526 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12527 {
12528 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12529 bs->old_val = NULL;
12530 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12531 }
12532 }
12533
12534 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12535 static int
12536 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12537 {
12538 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12539
12540 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12541 return 0;
12542 }
12543
12544 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12545 callbacks. */
12546
12547 static void
12548 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12549 {
12550 struct value_print_options opts;
12551
12552 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12553
12554 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12555 single string. */
12556 if (b->loc == NULL)
12557 {
12558 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12559 }
12560 else
12561 {
12562 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12563 {
12564 printf_filtered (" at ");
12565 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12566 gdb_stdout);
12567 }
12568 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12569 {
12570 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12571 more nicely. */
12572 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12573 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12574 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12575 b->loc->line_number);
12576 else
12577 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12578 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12579 real situation somewhat. */
12580 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12581 }
12582
12583 if (b->loc->next)
12584 {
12585 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12586 int n = 0;
12587 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12588 ++n;
12589 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12590 }
12591 }
12592 }
12593
12594 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12595
12596 static void
12597 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12598 {
12599 xfree (self->cond);
12600 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12601 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12602 xfree (self->function_name);
12603 }
12604
12605 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12606 {
12607 bp_location_dtor
12608 };
12609
12610 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12611 inherit from. */
12612
12613 static void
12614 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12615 {
12616 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12617 xfree (self->cond_string);
12618 xfree (self->extra_string);
12619 xfree (self->addr_string);
12620 xfree (self->filter);
12621 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12622 }
12623
12624 static struct bp_location *
12625 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12626 {
12627 struct bp_location *loc;
12628
12629 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12630 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12631 return loc;
12632 }
12633
12634 static void
12635 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12636 {
12637 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12638 }
12639
12640 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12641 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12642
12643 static int
12644 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12645 {
12646 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12647 }
12648
12649 static int
12650 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12651 {
12652 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12653 }
12654
12655 static int
12656 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12657 struct address_space *aspace,
12658 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12659 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12660 {
12661 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12662 }
12663
12664 static void
12665 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12666 {
12667 /* Always stop. */
12668 }
12669
12670 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12671 errors. */
12672
12673 static int
12674 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12675 {
12676 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12677 }
12678
12679 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12680 errors. */
12681
12682 static int
12683 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12684 {
12685 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12686 }
12687
12688 static enum print_stop_action
12689 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12690 {
12691 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12692 }
12693
12694 static void
12695 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12696 struct ui_out *uiout)
12697 {
12698 /* nothing */
12699 }
12700
12701 static void
12702 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12703 {
12704 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12705 }
12706
12707 static void
12708 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12709 {
12710 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12711 }
12712
12713 static void
12714 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12715 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12716 enum bptype type_wanted,
12717 char *addr_start,
12718 char **copy_arg)
12719 {
12720 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12721 }
12722
12723 static void
12724 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12725 struct linespec_result *c,
12726 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12727 char *cond_string,
12728 char *extra_string,
12729 enum bptype type_wanted,
12730 enum bpdisp disposition,
12731 int thread,
12732 int task, int ignore_count,
12733 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12734 int from_tty, int enabled,
12735 int internal, unsigned flags)
12736 {
12737 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12738 }
12739
12740 static void
12741 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12742 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12743 {
12744 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12745 }
12746
12747 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12748
12749 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12750 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
12751 {
12752 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12753 }
12754
12755 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12756
12757 static void
12758 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
12759 {
12760 /* Nothing to do. */
12761 }
12762
12763 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12764 {
12765 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12766 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12767 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12768 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12769 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12770 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12771 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12772 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12773 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12774 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12775 NULL,
12776 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12777 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12778 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12779 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12780 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12781 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12782 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
12783 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
12784 };
12785
12786 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12787
12788 static void
12789 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12790 {
12791 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12792 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12793 {
12794 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12795 delete_breakpoint (b);
12796 return;
12797 }
12798
12799 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12800 }
12801
12802 static int
12803 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12804 {
12805 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12806 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12807 &bl->target_info);
12808 else
12809 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12810 &bl->target_info);
12811 }
12812
12813 static int
12814 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12815 {
12816 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12817 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12818 else
12819 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12820 }
12821
12822 static int
12823 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12824 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12825 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12826 {
12827 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12828 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12829 return 0;
12830
12831 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12832 aspace, bp_addr))
12833 return 0;
12834
12835 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12836 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12837 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12838 return 0;
12839
12840 return 1;
12841 }
12842
12843 static int
12844 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12845 {
12846 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12847
12848 return 1;
12849 }
12850
12851 static enum print_stop_action
12852 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12853 {
12854 struct breakpoint *b;
12855 const struct bp_location *bl;
12856 int bp_temp;
12857 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12858
12859 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12860
12861 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12862 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12863
12864 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12865 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12866 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12867 bl->address,
12868 b->number, 1);
12869 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12870 if (bp_temp)
12871 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12872 else
12873 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12874 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12875 {
12876 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12877 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12878 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12879 }
12880 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12881 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12882
12883 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12884 }
12885
12886 static void
12887 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12888 {
12889 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12890 return;
12891
12892 switch (b->type)
12893 {
12894 case bp_breakpoint:
12895 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12896 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12897 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12898 else
12899 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12900 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12901 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12902 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12903 break;
12904 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12905 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12906 break;
12907 case bp_dprintf:
12908 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
12909 break;
12910 }
12911
12912 say_where (b);
12913 }
12914
12915 static void
12916 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12917 {
12918 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12920 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12922 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12923 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12924 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12925 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12927 else
12928 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12929 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12930
12931 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12932 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12933 }
12934
12935 static void
12936 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12937 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12938 enum bptype type_wanted,
12939 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12940 {
12941 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12942 addr_start, copy_arg);
12943 }
12944
12945 static void
12946 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12947 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12948 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12949 char *cond_string,
12950 char *extra_string,
12951 enum bptype type_wanted,
12952 enum bpdisp disposition,
12953 int thread,
12954 int task, int ignore_count,
12955 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12956 int from_tty, int enabled,
12957 int internal, unsigned flags)
12958 {
12959 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
12960 cond_string, extra_string,
12961 type_wanted,
12962 disposition, thread, task,
12963 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12964 enabled, internal, flags);
12965 }
12966
12967 static void
12968 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12969 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12970 {
12971 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12972 }
12973
12974 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12975
12976 static void
12977 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12978 {
12979 switch (b->type)
12980 {
12981 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12982 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12983 case bp_overlay_event:
12984 case bp_longjmp_master:
12985 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12986 case bp_exception_master:
12987 delete_breakpoint (b);
12988 break;
12989
12990 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12991 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12992 case bp_shlib_event:
12993
12994 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12995 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12996 case bp_thread_event:
12997 break;
12998 }
12999 }
13000
13001 static void
13002 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13003 {
13004 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13005 {
13006 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13007 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13008 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13009 objects (among other things). */
13010 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13011 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13012 }
13013 else
13014 bs->stop = 0;
13015 }
13016
13017 static enum print_stop_action
13018 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13019 {
13020 struct breakpoint *b;
13021
13022 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13023
13024 switch (b->type)
13025 {
13026 case bp_shlib_event:
13027 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13028 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13029 to shlib event" message.) */
13030 print_solib_event (0);
13031 break;
13032
13033 case bp_thread_event:
13034 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13035 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13036 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13037 break;
13038
13039 case bp_overlay_event:
13040 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13041 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13042 break;
13043
13044 case bp_longjmp_master:
13045 /* These should never be enabled. */
13046 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13047 break;
13048
13049 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13050 /* These should never be enabled. */
13051 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13052 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13053 break;
13054
13055 case bp_exception_master:
13056 /* These should never be enabled. */
13057 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13058 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13059 break;
13060 }
13061
13062 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13063 }
13064
13065 static void
13066 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13067 {
13068 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13069 }
13070
13071 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13072
13073 static void
13074 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13075 {
13076 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13077 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13078 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13079 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13080 }
13081
13082 static void
13083 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13084 {
13085 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13086 }
13087
13088 static enum print_stop_action
13089 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13090 {
13091 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13092
13093 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13094 {
13095 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13096
13097 switch (b->type)
13098 {
13099 case bp_finish:
13100 ui_out_field_string
13101 (uiout, "reason",
13102 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13103 break;
13104
13105 case bp_until:
13106 ui_out_field_string
13107 (uiout, "reason",
13108 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13109 break;
13110 }
13111 }
13112
13113 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13114 }
13115
13116 static void
13117 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13118 {
13119 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13120 }
13121
13122 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13123
13124 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13125 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13126
13127 static void
13128 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13129 {
13130 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13131
13132 if (tp)
13133 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13134
13135 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13136 }
13137
13138 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13139
13140 static int
13141 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13142 {
13143 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13144
13145 if (v == 0)
13146 {
13147 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13148 if needed. */
13149 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13150 }
13151
13152 return v;
13153 }
13154
13155 static int
13156 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13157 {
13158 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13159 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13160
13161 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13162 }
13163
13164 static void
13165 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13166 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13167 enum bptype type_wanted,
13168 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13169 {
13170 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13171
13172 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13173
13174 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13175 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13176
13177 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13178 }
13179
13180 static void
13181 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13182 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13183 {
13184 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13185 if (!sals->sals)
13186 error (_("probe not found"));
13187 }
13188
13189 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13190
13191 static void
13192 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13193 {
13194 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13195 }
13196
13197 static int
13198 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13199 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13200 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13201 {
13202 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13203 tracepoints. */
13204 return 0;
13205 }
13206
13207 static void
13208 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13209 struct ui_out *uiout)
13210 {
13211 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13212 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13213 {
13214 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13215
13216 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13217 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13218 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13219 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13220 }
13221 }
13222
13223 static void
13224 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13225 {
13226 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13227 return;
13228
13229 switch (b->type)
13230 {
13231 case bp_tracepoint:
13232 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13233 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13234 break;
13235 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13236 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13237 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13238 break;
13239 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13240 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13241 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13242 break;
13243 default:
13244 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13245 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13246 }
13247
13248 say_where (b);
13249 }
13250
13251 static void
13252 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13253 {
13254 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13255
13256 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13257 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13258 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13259 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13260 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13261 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13262 else
13263 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13264 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13265
13266 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13267 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13268
13269 if (tp->pass_count)
13270 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13271 }
13272
13273 static void
13274 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13275 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13276 enum bptype type_wanted,
13277 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13278 {
13279 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13280 addr_start, copy_arg);
13281 }
13282
13283 static void
13284 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13285 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13286 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13287 char *cond_string,
13288 char *extra_string,
13289 enum bptype type_wanted,
13290 enum bpdisp disposition,
13291 int thread,
13292 int task, int ignore_count,
13293 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13294 int from_tty, int enabled,
13295 int internal, unsigned flags)
13296 {
13297 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13298 cond_string, extra_string,
13299 type_wanted,
13300 disposition, thread, task,
13301 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13302 enabled, internal, flags);
13303 }
13304
13305 static void
13306 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13307 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13308 {
13309 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13310 }
13311
13312 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13313
13314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13315 static probe. */
13316
13317 static void
13318 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13319 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13320 enum bptype type_wanted,
13321 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13322 {
13323 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13324 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13325 addr_start, copy_arg);
13326 }
13327
13328 static void
13329 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13330 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13331 {
13332 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13333 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13334 }
13335
13336 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13337
13338 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13339
13340 static void
13341 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13342 {
13343 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13344
13345 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13346 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13347 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13348 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13349 resolved. */
13350 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13351 error (_("Format string required"));
13352
13353 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13354 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13355 3 - disconnect from target 1
13356 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13357
13358 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13359 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13360 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13361 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13362 it all the time. */
13363 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13364 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13365 }
13366
13367 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13368
13369 static void
13370 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13371 {
13372 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13373 tp->extra_string);
13374 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13375 }
13376
13377 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13378 dprintf.
13379
13380 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13381 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13382 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13383 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13384 address are all handled. */
13385
13386 static void
13387 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13388 {
13389 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13390 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13391 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13392
13393 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13394 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13395 condition not be evaluated. */
13396 bs->stop = 0;
13397
13398 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13399 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13400 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13401 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13402 commands here throws. */
13403 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13404 bs->commands = NULL;
13405 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13406
13407 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13408
13409 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13410 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13411 list. */
13412 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13413 }
13414
13415 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13416 markers (`-m'). */
13417
13418 static void
13419 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13420 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13421 enum bptype type_wanted,
13422 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13423 {
13424 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13425
13426 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13427
13428 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13429
13430 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13431 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13432 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13433 }
13434
13435 static void
13436 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13437 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13438 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13439 char *cond_string,
13440 char *extra_string,
13441 enum bptype type_wanted,
13442 enum bpdisp disposition,
13443 int thread,
13444 int task, int ignore_count,
13445 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13446 int from_tty, int enabled,
13447 int internal, unsigned flags)
13448 {
13449 int i;
13450
13451 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13452 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13453 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13454 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13455 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13456 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13457
13458 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13459 {
13460 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13461 struct tracepoint *tp;
13462 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13463 char *addr_string;
13464
13465 expanded.nelts = 1;
13466 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13467
13468 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13469 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13470
13471 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13472 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13473 addr_string, NULL,
13474 cond_string, extra_string,
13475 type_wanted, disposition,
13476 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13477 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13478 canonical->special_display);
13479 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13480 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13481 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13482 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13483 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13484 corresponds to this one */
13485 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13486
13487 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13488
13489 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13490 }
13491 }
13492
13493 static void
13494 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13495 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13496 {
13497 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13498
13499 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13500 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13501 {
13502 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13503 sals->nelts = 1;
13504 }
13505 else
13506 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13507 }
13508
13509 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13510
13511 static int
13512 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13513 {
13514 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13515 }
13516
13517 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13518 structures. */
13519
13520 void
13521 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13522 {
13523 struct breakpoint *b;
13524
13525 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13526
13527 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13528 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13529 especial culprits.
13530
13531 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13532 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13533 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13534 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13535 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13536 deleted.
13537
13538 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13539 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13540 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13541 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13542 was chosen. */
13543 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13544 return;
13545
13546 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13547 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13548 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13549 {
13550 struct breakpoint *related;
13551 struct watchpoint *w;
13552
13553 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13554 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13555 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13556 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13557 else
13558 w = NULL;
13559 if (w != NULL)
13560 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13561
13562 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13563 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13564 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13565 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13566 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13567 }
13568
13569 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13570 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13571 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13572 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13573 if (bpt->number)
13574 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13575
13576 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13577 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13578
13579 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13580 if (b->next == bpt)
13581 {
13582 b->next = bpt->next;
13583 break;
13584 }
13585
13586 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13587 been freed. */
13588 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13589 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13590 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13591 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13592 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13593 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13594 commands won't work. */
13595
13596 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13597
13598 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13599 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13600 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13601 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13602 might be better design to have location completely
13603 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13604 update_global_location_list (0);
13605
13606 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13607 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13608 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13609 bpt->type = bp_none;
13610 xfree (bpt);
13611 }
13612
13613 static void
13614 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13615 {
13616 delete_breakpoint (b);
13617 }
13618
13619 struct cleanup *
13620 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13621 {
13622 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13623 }
13624
13625 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13626 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13627
13628 static void
13629 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13630 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13631 void *),
13632 void *data)
13633 {
13634 struct breakpoint *related;
13635
13636 related = b;
13637 do
13638 {
13639 struct breakpoint *next;
13640
13641 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13642 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13643
13644 if (next == related)
13645 {
13646 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13647 function (related, data);
13648
13649 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13650 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13651 out. */
13652 break;
13653 }
13654 else
13655 function (related, data);
13656
13657 related = next;
13658 }
13659 while (related != b);
13660 }
13661
13662 static void
13663 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13664 {
13665 delete_breakpoint (b);
13666 }
13667
13668 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13669 delete_breakpoint. */
13670
13671 static void
13672 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13673 {
13674 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13675 }
13676
13677 void
13678 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13679 {
13680 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13681
13682 dont_repeat ();
13683
13684 if (arg == 0)
13685 {
13686 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13687
13688 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13689 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13690 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13691 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13692 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13693 {
13694 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13695 break;
13696 }
13697
13698 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13699 if (!from_tty
13700 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13701 {
13702 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13703 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13704 delete_breakpoint (b);
13705 }
13706 }
13707 else
13708 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13709 }
13710
13711 static int
13712 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13713 {
13714 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13715 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13716 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13717 return 0;
13718 return 1;
13719 }
13720
13721 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13722 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13723 Null names are ignored. */
13724
13725 static int
13726 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13727 {
13728 struct bp_location *l;
13729 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13730 (int (*) (const void *,
13731 const void *)) streq,
13732 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13733
13734 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13735 {
13736 const char **slot;
13737 const char *name = l->function_name;
13738
13739 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13740 if (name == NULL)
13741 continue;
13742
13743 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13744 INSERT);
13745 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13746 returns NULL. */
13747 if (*slot != NULL)
13748 {
13749 htab_delete (htab);
13750 return 1;
13751 }
13752 *slot = name;
13753 }
13754
13755 htab_delete (htab);
13756 return 0;
13757 }
13758
13759 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13760 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13761 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13762 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13763 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13764 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13765 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13766 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13767 The heuristic is:
13768
13769 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13770 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13771 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13772 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13773 in the sources, and output a warning.
13774
13775 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13776 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13777 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13778 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13779 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13780 warning.
13781
13782 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13783 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13784 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13785 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13786 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13787 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13788 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13789 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13790 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13791
13792 static struct symtab_and_line
13793 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13794 {
13795 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13796 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13797 CORE_ADDR pc;
13798
13799 pc = sal.pc;
13800 if (sal.line)
13801 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13802
13803 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13804 {
13805 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13806 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13807 b->number,
13808 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13809
13810 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13811 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13812 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13813
13814 return sal;
13815 }
13816
13817 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13818 by string ID. */
13819 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13820 && sal.line != 0
13821 && sal.symtab != NULL
13822 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13823 {
13824 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13825
13826 markers
13827 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13828
13829 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13830 {
13831 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13832 struct symbol *sym;
13833 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13834 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13835
13836 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13837
13838 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13839 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13840
13841 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13842 "found at previous line number"),
13843 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13844
13845 init_sal (&sal2);
13846
13847 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13848
13849 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13850 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13851 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13852 if (sym)
13853 {
13854 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13855 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13856 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13857 }
13858 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13859 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13860 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13861
13862 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13863 {
13864 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13865
13866 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13867 }
13868
13869 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13870 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13871
13872 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13873 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13874
13875 xfree (b->addr_string);
13876 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13877 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13878 b->loc->line_number);
13879
13880 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13881 so. */
13882
13883 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13884 }
13885 }
13886 return sal;
13887 }
13888
13889 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13890 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13891
13892 static int
13893 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13894 {
13895 while (a && b)
13896 {
13897 if (a->address != b->address)
13898 return 0;
13899
13900 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13901 return 0;
13902
13903 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13904 return 0;
13905
13906 a = a->next;
13907 b = b->next;
13908 }
13909
13910 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
13911 return 0;
13912
13913 return 1;
13914 }
13915
13916 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
13917 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
13918 a ranged breakpoint. */
13919
13920 void
13921 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13922 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13923 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13924 {
13925 int i;
13926 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13927
13928 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13929 {
13930 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13931 location. */
13932 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13933 update_global_location_list (1);
13934 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13935 "multiple locations found\n"),
13936 b->number);
13937 return;
13938 }
13939
13940 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13941 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13942 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13943 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13944 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13945 individual locations. */
13946 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13947 return;
13948
13949 b->loc = NULL;
13950
13951 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13952 {
13953 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13954
13955 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13956
13957 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13958
13959 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13960 old symtab. */
13961 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13962 {
13963 const char *s;
13964 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13965
13966 s = b->cond_string;
13967 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13968 {
13969 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
13970 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13971 0);
13972 }
13973 if (e.reason < 0)
13974 {
13975 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13976 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13977 b->number, e.message);
13978 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13979 }
13980 }
13981
13982 if (sals_end.nelts)
13983 {
13984 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13985
13986 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13987 }
13988 }
13989
13990 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13991 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13992 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13993
13994 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13995 breakpoints. */
13996 {
13997 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13998 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13999 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14000 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14001 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14002 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14003 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14004
14005 for (; e; e = e->next)
14006 {
14007 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14008 {
14009 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14010 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14011 {
14012 for (; l; l = l->next)
14013 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14014 {
14015 l->enabled = 0;
14016 break;
14017 }
14018 }
14019 else
14020 {
14021 for (; l; l = l->next)
14022 if (l->function_name
14023 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14024 {
14025 l->enabled = 0;
14026 break;
14027 }
14028 }
14029 }
14030 }
14031 }
14032
14033 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14034 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14035
14036 update_global_location_list (1);
14037 }
14038
14039 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14040 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14041
14042 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14043 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14044 {
14045 char *s;
14046 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14047 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14048
14049 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14050 s = addr_string;
14051
14052 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14053 {
14054 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14055 }
14056 if (e.reason < 0)
14057 {
14058 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14059 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14060 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14061 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14062 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14063 state, then user already saw the message about that
14064 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14065 errors. */
14066 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14067 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14068 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14069 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14070 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14071 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14072
14073 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14074 {
14075 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14076 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14077 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14078 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14079 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14080 which approach is better. */
14081 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14082 throw_exception (e);
14083 }
14084 }
14085
14086 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14087 {
14088 int i;
14089
14090 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14091 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14092 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14093 {
14094 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14095 int thread, task;
14096
14097 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14098 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14099 &extra_string);
14100 if (cond_string)
14101 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14102 b->thread = thread;
14103 b->task = task;
14104 if (extra_string)
14105 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14106 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14107 }
14108
14109 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14110 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14111
14112 *found = 1;
14113 }
14114 else
14115 *found = 0;
14116
14117 return sals;
14118 }
14119
14120 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14121 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14122 locations. */
14123
14124 static void
14125 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14126 {
14127 int found;
14128 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14129 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14130 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14131
14132 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14133 if (found)
14134 {
14135 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14136 expanded = sals;
14137 }
14138
14139 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14140 {
14141 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14142 if (found)
14143 {
14144 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14145 expanded_end = sals_end;
14146 }
14147 }
14148
14149 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14150 }
14151
14152 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14153 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14154
14155 static void
14156 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14157 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14158 enum bptype type_wanted,
14159 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14160 {
14161 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14162 }
14163
14164 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14165 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14166 breakpoint_ops. */
14167
14168 static void
14169 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14170 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14171 char *cond_string,
14172 char *extra_string,
14173 enum bptype type_wanted,
14174 enum bpdisp disposition,
14175 int thread,
14176 int task, int ignore_count,
14177 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14178 int from_tty, int enabled,
14179 int internal, unsigned flags)
14180 {
14181 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14182 extra_string,
14183 type_wanted, disposition,
14184 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14185 enabled, internal, flags);
14186 }
14187
14188 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14189 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14190
14191 static void
14192 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14193 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14194 {
14195 struct linespec_result canonical;
14196
14197 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14198 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14199 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14200 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14201 b->filter);
14202
14203 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14204 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14205
14206 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14207 {
14208 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14209
14210 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14211 *sals = lsal->sals;
14212 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14213 contents. */
14214 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14215 }
14216
14217 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14218 }
14219
14220 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14221
14222 static struct cleanup *
14223 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14224 {
14225 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14226
14227 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14228 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14229 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14230 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14231 set_language (b->language);
14232
14233 return cleanups;
14234 }
14235
14236 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14237 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14238 Unused in this case. */
14239
14240 static int
14241 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14242 {
14243 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14244 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14245 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14246
14247 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14248 b->ops->re_set (b);
14249 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14250 return 0;
14251 }
14252
14253 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14254 void
14255 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14256 {
14257 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14258 enum language save_language;
14259 int save_input_radix;
14260 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14261
14262 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14263 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14264 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14265
14266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14267 {
14268 /* Format possible error msg. */
14269 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14270 b->number);
14271 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14272 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14273 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14274 }
14275 set_language (save_language);
14276 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14277
14278 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14279
14280 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14281
14282 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14283 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14284 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14285 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14286 }
14287 \f
14288 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14289
14290 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14291 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14292 void
14293 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14294 {
14295 if (b->thread != -1)
14296 {
14297 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14298 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14299
14300 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14301 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14302 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14303 as well. */
14304 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14305 }
14306 }
14307
14308 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14309 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14310 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14311
14312 void
14313 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14314 {
14315 struct breakpoint *b;
14316
14317 if (count < 0)
14318 count = 0;
14319
14320 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14321 if (b->number == bptnum)
14322 {
14323 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14324 {
14325 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14326 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14327 bptnum);
14328 return;
14329 }
14330
14331 b->ignore_count = count;
14332 if (from_tty)
14333 {
14334 if (count == 0)
14335 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14336 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14337 bptnum);
14338 else if (count == 1)
14339 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14340 bptnum);
14341 else
14342 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14343 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14344 count, bptnum);
14345 }
14346 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14347 return;
14348 }
14349
14350 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14351 }
14352
14353 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14354
14355 static void
14356 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14357 {
14358 char *p = args;
14359 int num;
14360
14361 if (p == 0)
14362 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14363
14364 num = get_number (&p);
14365 if (num == 0)
14366 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14367 if (*p == 0)
14368 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14369
14370 set_ignore_count (num,
14371 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14372 from_tty);
14373 if (from_tty)
14374 printf_filtered ("\n");
14375 }
14376 \f
14377 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14378 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14379
14380 static void
14381 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14382 void *),
14383 void *data)
14384 {
14385 int num;
14386 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14387 int match;
14388 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14389
14390 if (args == 0)
14391 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14392
14393 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14394
14395 while (!state.finished)
14396 {
14397 char *p = state.string;
14398
14399 match = 0;
14400
14401 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14402 if (num == 0)
14403 {
14404 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14405 }
14406 else
14407 {
14408 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14409 if (b->number == num)
14410 {
14411 match = 1;
14412 function (b, data);
14413 break;
14414 }
14415 if (match == 0)
14416 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14417 }
14418 }
14419 }
14420
14421 static struct bp_location *
14422 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14423 {
14424 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14425 char *p1;
14426 int bp_num;
14427 int loc_num;
14428 struct breakpoint *b;
14429 struct bp_location *loc;
14430
14431 *dot = '\0';
14432
14433 p1 = number;
14434 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14435 if (bp_num == 0)
14436 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14437
14438 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14439 if (b->number == bp_num)
14440 {
14441 break;
14442 }
14443
14444 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14445 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14446
14447 p1 = dot+1;
14448 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14449 if (loc_num == 0)
14450 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14451
14452 --loc_num;
14453 loc = b->loc;
14454 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14455 ;
14456 if (!loc)
14457 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14458
14459 return loc;
14460 }
14461
14462
14463 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14464 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14465 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14466
14467 void
14468 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14469 {
14470 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14471 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14472 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14473 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14474 return;
14475
14476 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14477 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14478 return;
14479
14480 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14481
14482 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14483 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14484
14485 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14486 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14487 {
14488 struct bp_location *location;
14489
14490 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14491 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14492 }
14493
14494 update_global_location_list (0);
14495
14496 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14497 }
14498
14499 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14500
14501 static void
14502 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14503 {
14504 disable_breakpoint (b);
14505 }
14506
14507 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14508 disable_breakpoint. */
14509
14510 static void
14511 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14512 {
14513 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14514 }
14515
14516 static void
14517 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14518 {
14519 if (args == 0)
14520 {
14521 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14522
14523 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14524 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14525 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14526 }
14527 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14528 {
14529 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14530 if (loc)
14531 {
14532 if (loc->enabled)
14533 {
14534 loc->enabled = 0;
14535 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14536 }
14537 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14538 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14539 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14540 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14541 }
14542 update_global_location_list (0);
14543 }
14544 else
14545 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14546 }
14547
14548 static void
14549 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14550 int count)
14551 {
14552 int target_resources_ok;
14553
14554 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14555 {
14556 int i;
14557 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14558 target_resources_ok =
14559 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14560 i + 1, 0);
14561 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14562 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14563 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14564 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14565 }
14566
14567 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14568 {
14569 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14570 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14571 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14572
14573 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14574 {
14575 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14576
14577 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14578 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14579 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14580 }
14581 if (e.reason < 0)
14582 {
14583 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14584 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14585 bpt->number);
14586 return;
14587 }
14588 }
14589
14590 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14591 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14592
14593 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14594
14595 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14596 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14597
14598 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14599 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14600 {
14601 struct bp_location *location;
14602
14603 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14604 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14605 }
14606
14607 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14608 bpt->enable_count = count;
14609 update_global_location_list (1);
14610
14611 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14612 }
14613
14614
14615 void
14616 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14617 {
14618 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14619 }
14620
14621 static void
14622 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14623 {
14624 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14625 }
14626
14627 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14628 enable_breakpoint. */
14629
14630 static void
14631 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14632 {
14633 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14634 }
14635
14636 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14637 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14638 in stopping the inferior. */
14639
14640 static void
14641 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14642 {
14643 if (args == 0)
14644 {
14645 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14646
14647 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14648 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14649 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14650 }
14651 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14652 {
14653 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14654 if (loc)
14655 {
14656 if (!loc->enabled)
14657 {
14658 loc->enabled = 1;
14659 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14660 }
14661 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14662 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14663 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14664 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14665 }
14666 update_global_location_list (1);
14667 }
14668 else
14669 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14670 }
14671
14672 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14673 breakpoints. */
14674
14675 struct disp_data
14676 {
14677 enum bpdisp disp;
14678 int count;
14679 };
14680
14681 static void
14682 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14683 {
14684 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14685
14686 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14687 }
14688
14689 static void
14690 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14691 {
14692 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14693
14694 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14695 }
14696
14697 static void
14698 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14699 {
14700 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14701 }
14702
14703 static void
14704 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14705 {
14706 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14707
14708 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14709 }
14710
14711 static void
14712 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14713 {
14714 int count = get_number (&args);
14715
14716 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14717 }
14718
14719 static void
14720 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14721 {
14722 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14723
14724 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14725 }
14726
14727 static void
14728 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14729 {
14730 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14731 }
14732 \f
14733 static void
14734 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14735 {
14736 }
14737
14738 static void
14739 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14740 {
14741 }
14742
14743 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14744 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14745 GDB itself. */
14746
14747 static void
14748 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14749 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14750 const bfd_byte *data)
14751 {
14752 struct breakpoint *bp;
14753
14754 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14755 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14756 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14757 {
14758 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14759
14760 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14761 {
14762 struct bp_location *loc;
14763
14764 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14765 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14766 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14767 && addr + len > loc->address)
14768 {
14769 value_free (wp->val);
14770 wp->val = NULL;
14771 wp->val_valid = 0;
14772 }
14773 }
14774 }
14775 }
14776
14777 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14778 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14779 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14780 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14781 someday. */
14782
14783 void *
14784 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14785 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14786 {
14787 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14788
14789 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14790
14791 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14792 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14793
14794 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14795 {
14796 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14797 xfree (bp_tgt);
14798 return NULL;
14799 }
14800
14801 return bp_tgt;
14802 }
14803
14804 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14805 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14806
14807 int
14808 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14809 {
14810 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14811 int ret;
14812
14813 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14814 xfree (bp_tgt);
14815
14816 return ret;
14817 }
14818
14819 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14820 stepping. */
14821
14822 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14823 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14824
14825 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14826
14827 void
14828 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14829 struct address_space *aspace,
14830 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14831 {
14832 void **bpt_p;
14833
14834 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14835 {
14836 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14837 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14838 }
14839 else
14840 {
14841 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14842 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14843 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14844 }
14845
14846 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14847 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14848 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14849 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14850 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14851 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14852
14853 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14854 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14855 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14856 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14857 }
14858
14859 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14860 were inserted or not. */
14861
14862 int
14863 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14864 {
14865 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14866 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14867 }
14868
14869 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14870
14871 void
14872 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14873 {
14874 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14875
14876 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14877 call. */
14878 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14879 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14880 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14881 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14882
14883 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14884 {
14885 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14886 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14887 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14888 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14889 }
14890 }
14891
14892 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14893 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14894 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14895 exec. */
14896
14897 void
14898 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14899 {
14900 int i;
14901
14902 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14903 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14904 {
14905 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14906 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14907 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14908 }
14909 }
14910
14911 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14912 removing them. */
14913
14914 static void
14915 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14916 {
14917 int i;
14918
14919 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14920 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14921 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14922 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14923 }
14924
14925 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14926 PC. */
14927
14928 static int
14929 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14930 CORE_ADDR pc)
14931 {
14932 int i;
14933
14934 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14935 {
14936 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14937 if (bp_tgt
14938 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14939 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14940 aspace, pc))
14941 return 1;
14942 }
14943
14944 return 0;
14945 }
14946
14947 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14948 non-zero otherwise. */
14949 static int
14950 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14951 {
14952 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14953 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14954 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14955 return 1;
14956 else
14957 return 0;
14958 }
14959
14960 int
14961 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14962 {
14963 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
14964 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
14965
14966 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14967 }
14968
14969 int
14970 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14971 {
14972 struct breakpoint *bp;
14973
14974 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14975 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14976 {
14977 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14978
14979 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14980 {
14981 int i, iter;
14982 for (i = 0;
14983 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14984 i++)
14985 if (syscall_number == iter)
14986 return 1;
14987 }
14988 else
14989 return 1;
14990 }
14991
14992 return 0;
14993 }
14994
14995 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14996 static VEC (char_ptr) *
14997 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14998 const char *text, const char *word)
14999 {
15000 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15001 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15002 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15003
15004 xfree (list);
15005 return retlist;
15006 }
15007
15008 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15009
15010 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15011 static void
15012 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15013 {
15014 tracepoint_count = num;
15015 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15016 }
15017
15018 static void
15019 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15020 {
15021 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15022 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15023
15024 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15025 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15026 else
15027 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15028
15029 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15030 arg,
15031 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15032 0 /* tempflag */,
15033 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15034 0 /* Ignore count */,
15035 pending_break_support,
15036 ops,
15037 from_tty,
15038 1 /* enabled */,
15039 0 /* internal */, 0);
15040 }
15041
15042 static void
15043 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15044 {
15045 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15046 arg,
15047 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15048 0 /* tempflag */,
15049 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15050 0 /* Ignore count */,
15051 pending_break_support,
15052 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15053 from_tty,
15054 1 /* enabled */,
15055 0 /* internal */, 0);
15056 }
15057
15058 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15059
15060 static void
15061 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15062 {
15063 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15064
15065 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15066 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15067 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15068 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15069 else
15070 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15071
15072 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15073 arg,
15074 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15075 0 /* tempflag */,
15076 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15077 0 /* Ignore count */,
15078 pending_break_support,
15079 ops,
15080 from_tty,
15081 1 /* enabled */,
15082 0 /* internal */, 0);
15083 }
15084
15085 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15086 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15087
15088 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15089 static int next_cmd;
15090
15091 static char *
15092 read_uploaded_action (void)
15093 {
15094 char *rslt;
15095
15096 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15097
15098 next_cmd++;
15099
15100 return rslt;
15101 }
15102
15103 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15104 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15105 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15106 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15107 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15108
15109 struct tracepoint *
15110 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15111 {
15112 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15113 struct tracepoint *tp;
15114
15115 if (utp->at_string)
15116 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15117 else
15118 {
15119 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15120 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15121 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15122 user. */
15123 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15124 "source location, using raw address"),
15125 utp->number);
15126 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15127 addr_str = small_buf;
15128 }
15129
15130 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15131 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15132 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15133 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15134 utp->number);
15135
15136 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15137 addr_str,
15138 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15139 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15140 0 /* tempflag */,
15141 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15142 0 /* Ignore count */,
15143 pending_break_support,
15144 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15145 0 /* from_tty */,
15146 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15147 0 /* internal */,
15148 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15149 return NULL;
15150
15151 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15152 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15153 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15154
15155 if (utp->pass > 0)
15156 {
15157 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15158 tp->base.number);
15159
15160 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15161 }
15162
15163 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15164 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15165 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15166 function. */
15167 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15168 {
15169 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15170
15171 this_utp = utp;
15172 next_cmd = 0;
15173
15174 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15175
15176 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15177 }
15178 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15179 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15180 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15181 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15182 utp->number);
15183
15184 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15185 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15186 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15187
15188 return tp;
15189 }
15190
15191 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15192 omitted. */
15193
15194 static void
15195 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15196 {
15197 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15198 int num_printed;
15199
15200 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15201
15202 if (num_printed == 0)
15203 {
15204 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15205 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15206 else
15207 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15208 }
15209
15210 default_collect_info ();
15211 }
15212
15213 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15214 Not supported by all targets. */
15215 static void
15216 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15217 {
15218 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15219 }
15220
15221 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15222 Not supported by all targets. */
15223 static void
15224 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15225 {
15226 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15227 }
15228
15229 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15230 static void
15231 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15232 {
15233 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15234
15235 dont_repeat ();
15236
15237 if (arg == 0)
15238 {
15239 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15240
15241 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15242 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15243 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15244 argument. */
15245 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15246 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15247 {
15248 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15249 break;
15250 }
15251
15252 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15253 if (!from_tty
15254 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15255 {
15256 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15257 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15258 delete_breakpoint (b);
15259 }
15260 }
15261 else
15262 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15263 }
15264
15265 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15266
15267 static void
15268 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15269 {
15270 tp->pass_count = count;
15271 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15272 if (from_tty)
15273 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15274 tp->base.number, count);
15275 }
15276
15277 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15278
15279 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15280 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15281 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15282
15283 static void
15284 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15285 {
15286 struct tracepoint *t1;
15287 unsigned int count;
15288
15289 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15290 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15291 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15292
15293 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15294
15295 args = skip_spaces (args);
15296 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15297 {
15298 struct breakpoint *b;
15299
15300 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15301 if (*args)
15302 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15303
15304 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15305 {
15306 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15307 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15308 }
15309 }
15310 else if (*args == '\0')
15311 {
15312 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15313 if (t1)
15314 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15315 }
15316 else
15317 {
15318 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15319
15320 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15321 while (!state.finished)
15322 {
15323 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15324 if (t1)
15325 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15326 }
15327 }
15328 }
15329
15330 struct tracepoint *
15331 get_tracepoint (int num)
15332 {
15333 struct breakpoint *t;
15334
15335 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15336 if (t->number == num)
15337 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15338
15339 return NULL;
15340 }
15341
15342 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15343 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15344 reconnecting). */
15345
15346 struct tracepoint *
15347 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15348 {
15349 struct breakpoint *b;
15350
15351 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15352 {
15353 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15354
15355 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15356 return t;
15357 }
15358
15359 return NULL;
15360 }
15361
15362 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15363 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15364 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15365 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15366 struct tracepoint *
15367 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15368 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15369 int optional_p)
15370 {
15371 struct breakpoint *t;
15372 int tpnum;
15373 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15374
15375 if (state)
15376 {
15377 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15378 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15379 }
15380 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15381 {
15382 if (optional_p)
15383 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15384 else
15385 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15386 }
15387 else
15388 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15389
15390 if (tpnum <= 0)
15391 {
15392 if (instring && *instring)
15393 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15394 instring);
15395 else
15396 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15397 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15398 return NULL;
15399 }
15400
15401 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15402 if (t->number == tpnum)
15403 {
15404 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15405 }
15406
15407 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15408 return NULL;
15409 }
15410
15411 void
15412 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15413 {
15414 if (b->thread != -1)
15415 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15416
15417 if (b->task != 0)
15418 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15419
15420 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15421 }
15422
15423 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15424 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15425 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15426 non-zero. */
15427
15428 static void
15429 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15430 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15431 {
15432 struct breakpoint *tp;
15433 int any = 0;
15434 char *pathname;
15435 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15436 struct ui_file *fp;
15437 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15438
15439 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15440 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15441
15442 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15443 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15444 {
15445 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15446 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15447 continue;
15448
15449 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15450 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15451 continue;
15452
15453 any = 1;
15454
15455 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15456 {
15457 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15458
15459 /* We can stop searching. */
15460 break;
15461 }
15462 }
15463
15464 if (!any)
15465 {
15466 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15467 return;
15468 }
15469
15470 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15471 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15472 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15473 if (!fp)
15474 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15475 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15476 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15477
15478 if (extra_trace_bits)
15479 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15480
15481 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15482 {
15483 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15484 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15485 continue;
15486
15487 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15488 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15489 continue;
15490
15491 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15492
15493 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15494 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15495 instead. */
15496
15497 if (tp->cond_string)
15498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15499
15500 if (tp->ignore_count)
15501 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15502
15503 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15504 {
15505 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15506
15507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15508
15509 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15510 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15511 {
15512 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15513 }
15514 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15515
15516 if (ex.reason < 0)
15517 throw_exception (ex);
15518
15519 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15520 }
15521
15522 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15523 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15524
15525 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15526 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15527 special, and not user visible. */
15528 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15529 {
15530 struct bp_location *loc;
15531 int n = 1;
15532
15533 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15534 if (!loc->enabled)
15535 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15536 }
15537 }
15538
15539 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15540 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15541
15542 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15543 if (from_tty)
15544 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15545 }
15546
15547 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15548
15549 static void
15550 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15551 {
15552 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15553 }
15554
15555 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15556
15557 static void
15558 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15559 {
15560 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15561 }
15562
15563 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15564
15565 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15566 all_tracepoints (void)
15567 {
15568 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15569 struct breakpoint *tp;
15570
15571 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15572 {
15573 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15574 }
15575
15576 return tp_vec;
15577 }
15578
15579 \f
15580 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15581 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15582 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15583 command. */
15584 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15585 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15586 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15587 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15588 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15589 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15590 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15591 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15592 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15593 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15594 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15595 \n\
15596 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15597 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15598 \n\
15599 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15600 conditions are different.\n\
15601 \n\
15602 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15603
15604 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15605 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15606
15607 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15608 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15609
15610 void
15611 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15612 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15613 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15614 completer_ftype *completer,
15615 void *user_data_catch,
15616 void *user_data_tcatch)
15617 {
15618 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15619
15620 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15621 &catch_cmdlist);
15622 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15623 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15624 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15625
15626 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15627 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15628 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15629 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15630 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15631 }
15632
15633 static void
15634 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15635 {
15636 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15637 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15638
15639 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15640 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15641 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15642 }
15643
15644 static void
15645 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15646 {
15647 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15648 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15649 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15650 }
15651
15652 struct breakpoint *
15653 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15654 void *data)
15655 {
15656 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15657
15658 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15659 {
15660 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15661 return b;
15662 }
15663
15664 return NULL;
15665 }
15666
15667 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15668 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15669
15670 static int
15671 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15672 {
15673 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15674 non-inline function. */
15675 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15676 return 1;
15677
15678 return 0;
15679 }
15680
15681 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15682 have been inlined. */
15683
15684 int
15685 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15686 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15687 {
15688 struct breakpoint *b;
15689 struct bp_location *bl;
15690
15691 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15692 {
15693 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15694 continue;
15695
15696 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15697 {
15698 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15699 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15700 return 1;
15701 }
15702 }
15703
15704 return 0;
15705 }
15706
15707 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15708
15709 void
15710 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15711 {
15712 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15713
15714 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15715 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15716 loc->symtab = NULL;
15717 }
15718
15719 void
15720 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15721 {
15722 static int initialized = 0;
15723
15724 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15725
15726 if (initialized)
15727 return;
15728 initialized = 1;
15729
15730 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15731 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15732 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15733 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15734 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15735 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15736 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15737 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15738 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15739 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15740 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15741 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15742
15743 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15744 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15745 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15746 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15747 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15748 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15749 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15750 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15751
15752 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15753 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15754 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15755 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15756 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15757 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15758 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15759 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15760 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15761 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15762
15763 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15764 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15765 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15766 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15767 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15768 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15769 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15770
15771 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15772 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15773 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15774 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15775 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15776 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15777 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15778
15779 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15780 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15781 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15782 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15783
15784 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15785 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15786 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15787 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15788 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15789 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15790 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15791
15792 /* Watchpoints. */
15793 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15794 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15795 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15796 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15797 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15798 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15799 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15800 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15801 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15802 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15803 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15804 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15805 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15806 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
15807
15808 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15809 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15810 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15811 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15812 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15813 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15814 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15815 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15816 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15817 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15818 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15819
15820 /* Tracepoints. */
15821 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15822 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15823 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15824 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15825 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15826 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15827 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15828 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15829 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15830 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15831
15832 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15833 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15834 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15835 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15836 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15837
15838 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15839 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15840 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15841 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15842 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15843 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15844
15845 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15846 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15847 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15848 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15849 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15850 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15851 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15852 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15853 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15854 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15855
15856 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15857 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15858 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15859 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15860 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15861 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15862 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15863 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15864 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15865 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15866
15867 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15868 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15869 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15870 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15871 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15872 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15873 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15874 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15875 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15876 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15877 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15878
15879 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15880 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15881 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15882 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15883 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15884 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15885 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15886 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15887 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15888 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15889 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15890
15891 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15892 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15893 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15894 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15895 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15896 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15897 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15898 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15899 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15900 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15901 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15902 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
15903
15904 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
15905 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15906 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
15907 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15908 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15909 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15910 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
15911 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
15912 }
15913
15914 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15915
15916 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
15917
15918 void
15919 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15920 {
15921 struct cmd_list_element *c;
15922
15923 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15924
15925 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
15926 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
15927 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
15928
15929 breakpoint_objfile_key
15930 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
15931
15932 catch_syscall_inferior_data
15933 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
15934 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
15935
15936 breakpoint_chain = 0;
15937 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15938 before a breakpoint is set. */
15939 breakpoint_count = 0;
15940
15941 tracepoint_count = 0;
15942
15943 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
15944 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15945 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15946 if (xdb_commands)
15947 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
15948
15949 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
15950 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15951 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15952 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15953 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15954 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15955 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15956 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15957
15958 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15959 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15960 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15961 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15962 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
15963
15964 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15965 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15966 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15967 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15968 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15969 \n"
15970 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15971 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15972
15973 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15974 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15975 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15976 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15977 \n"
15978 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15979 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15980
15981 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15982 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15983 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15984 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15985 \n"
15986 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15987 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15988
15989 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15990 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15991 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15992 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15993 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15994 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15995 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15996 if (xdb_commands)
15997 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15998 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15999 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16000 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16001 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16002 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16003
16004 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16005
16006 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16007 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16008 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16009 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16010 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16011 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16012
16013 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16014 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16015 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16016 &enablebreaklist);
16017
16018 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16019 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16020 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16021 &enablebreaklist);
16022
16023 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16024 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16025 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16026 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16027 &enablebreaklist);
16028
16029 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16030 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16031 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16032 &enablelist);
16033
16034 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16035 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16036 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16037 &enablelist);
16038
16039 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16040 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16041 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16042 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16043 &enablelist);
16044
16045 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16046 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16047 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16048 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16049 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16050 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16051 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16052 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16053 if (xdb_commands)
16054 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16055 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16056 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16057 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16058 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16059
16060 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16061 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16062 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16063 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16064 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16065 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16066 &disablelist);
16067
16068 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16069 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16070 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16071 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16072 \n\
16073 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16074 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16075 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16076 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16077 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16078 if (xdb_commands)
16079 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16080 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16081 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16082 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16083
16084 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16085 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16086 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16087 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16088 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16089 &deletelist);
16090
16091 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16092 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16093 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16094 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16095 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16096 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16097 \n\
16098 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16099 is executing in.\n\
16100 \n\
16101 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16102 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16103
16104 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16105 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16106 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16107 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16108
16109 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16110 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16111 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16112 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16113
16114 if (xdb_commands)
16115 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16116
16117 if (dbx_commands)
16118 {
16119 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16120 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16121 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16122 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16123 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16124 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16125 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16126 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16127 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16128 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16129 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16130 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16131 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16132 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16133 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16134 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16135 \n\
16136 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16137 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16138 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16139 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16140 breakpoint set."));
16141 }
16142
16143 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16144 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16145 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16146 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16147 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16148 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16149 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16150 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16151 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16152 \n\
16153 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16154 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16155 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16156 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16157 breakpoint set."));
16158
16159 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16160
16161 if (xdb_commands)
16162 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16163 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16164 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16165 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16166 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16167 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16168 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16169 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16170 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16171 \n\
16172 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16173 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16174 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16175 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16176 breakpoint set."));
16177
16178 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16179 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16180 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16181 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16182 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16183 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16184 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16185 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16186 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16187 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16188 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16189 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16190 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16191 \n\
16192 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16193 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16194 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16195 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16196 breakpoint set."),
16197 &maintenanceinfolist);
16198
16199 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16200 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16201 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16202 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16203
16204 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16205 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16206 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16207 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16208
16209 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16210 catch_fork_command_1,
16211 NULL,
16212 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16213 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16214 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16215 catch_fork_command_1,
16216 NULL,
16217 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16218 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16219 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16220 catch_exec_command_1,
16221 NULL,
16222 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16223 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16224 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16225 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16226 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16227 catch_load_command_1,
16228 NULL,
16229 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16230 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16231 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16232 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16233 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16234 catch_unload_command_1,
16235 NULL,
16236 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16237 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16238 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16239 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16240 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16241 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16242 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16243 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16244 catch_syscall_command_1,
16245 catch_syscall_completer,
16246 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16247 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16248
16249 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16250 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16251 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16252 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16253 an expression changes.\n\
16254 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16255 the memory to which it refers."));
16256 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16257
16258 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16259 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16260 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16261 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16262 an expression is read.\n\
16263 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16264 the memory to which it refers."));
16265 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16266
16267 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16268 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16269 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16270 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16271 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16272 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16273 the memory to which it refers."));
16274 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16275
16276 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16277 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16278
16279 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16280 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16281 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16282 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16283 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16284 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16285 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16286 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16287 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16288 hardware.)"),
16289 NULL,
16290 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16291 &setlist, &showlist);
16292
16293 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16294
16295 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16296
16297 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16298 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16299 \n"
16300 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16301 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16302 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16303
16304 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16305 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16306 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16307 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16308
16309 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16310 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16311 \n"
16312 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16313 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16314 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16315
16316 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16317 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16318 \n\
16319 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16320 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16321 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16322 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16323 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16324 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16325 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16326 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16327 the selected stack frame.\n\
16328 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16329 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16330 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16331 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16332 \n\
16333 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16334 \n\
16335 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16336 conditions are different.\n\
16337 \n\
16338 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16339 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16340 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16341
16342 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16343 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16344 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16345 last tracepoint set."));
16346
16347 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16348
16349 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16350 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16351 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16352 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16353 &deletelist);
16354 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16355
16356 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16357 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16358 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16359 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16360 &disablelist);
16361 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16362
16363 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16364 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16365 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16366 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16367 &enablelist);
16368 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16369
16370 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16371 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16372 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16373 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16374 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16375
16376 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16377 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16378 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16379 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16380
16381 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16382 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16383 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16384 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16385 session to restore them."),
16386 &save_cmdlist);
16387 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16388
16389 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16390 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16391 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16392 &save_cmdlist);
16393 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16394
16395 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16396 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16397
16398 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16399 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16400 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16401 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16402 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16403 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16404 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16405 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16406 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16407 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16408 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16409 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16410
16411 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16412 &pending_break_support, _("\
16413 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16414 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16415 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16416 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16417 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16418 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16419 NULL,
16420 show_pending_break_support,
16421 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16422 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16423
16424 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16425
16426 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16427 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16428 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16429 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16430 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16431 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16432 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16433 NULL,
16434 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16435 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16436 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16437
16438 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16439 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16440 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16441 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16442 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16443 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16444 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16445 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16446 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16447 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16448 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16449 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16450 NULL,
16451 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16452 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16453 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16454
16455 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16456 condition_evaluation_enums,
16457 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16458 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16459 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16460 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16461 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16462 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16463 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16464 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16465 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16466 be set to \"gdb\""),
16467 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16468 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16469 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16470 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16471
16472 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16473 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16474 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16475 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16476 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16477 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16478 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16479 or the start of the range\n\
16480 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16481 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16482 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16483 \n\
16484 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16485 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16486 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16487
16488 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16489 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16490 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16491 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16492 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16493 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16494 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16495
16496 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16497 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16498 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16499 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16500 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16501 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16502 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16503 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16504 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16505 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16506 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16507 &setlist, &showlist);
16508
16509 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16510 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16511 &dprintf_function, _("\
16512 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16513 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16514 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16515 &setlist, &showlist);
16516
16517 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16518 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16519 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16520 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16521 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16522 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16523 &setlist, &showlist);
16524
16525 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16526 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16527 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16528 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16529 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16530 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16531 NULL,
16532 NULL,
16533 &setlist, &showlist);
16534
16535 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16536 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16537 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16538
16539 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16540
16541 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16542 }
This page took 0.630999 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.